Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (Form: S-1, Received: 01/26/2005 13:15:10)

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 2005

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware	6770	20-2096338
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

(703) 995-5533

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Rhodric C. Hackman, President

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

(703) 995-5533

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Vincent J. McGill, Esq.

Eaton & Van Winkle LLP

3 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

(212) 779-9910

(212) 779-9928 - Facsimile

David Alan Miller, Esq.

Graubard Miller

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

(212) 818-8800

(212) 818-8881 - Facsimile

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. x

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit (1)		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price		Amount of Registration Fee
Series A units, each consisting of two shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, five Class W warrants and five Class Z warrants (2)	575,000 units	$	10.50	$	6,037,500	$	710.61
Series B units, each consisting of two shares of Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share, one Class W warrant and one Class Z warrant (3)	5,290,000 units	$	10.10	$	53,429,000	$	6,288.59
Representative’s purchase option (4)	1		—	$	100		(5	)
Series A units issuable upon exercise of the representative’s purchase option	25,000 units	$	17.325	$	433,125	$	50.98
Series B units issuable upon exercise of the representative’s purchase option	230,000 units	$	16.665	$	3,832,950	$	451.14
Class W warrants, each to purchase one share of common stock (6)	2,475,000 wts.		—		—		(5	)
Class Z warrants, each to purchase one share of common stock (6)	2,475,000 wts.		—		—		(5	)
Common stock, issuable upon exercise of Class W warrants (4)	8,165,000 shs.	$	5.00	$	40,825,000	$	4,805.10
Common stock, issuable upon exercise of Class Z warrants (4)	8,165,000 shs.	$	5.00	$	40,825,000	$	4,805.10
Common stock, issuable upon exercise of Class W warrants (4)(7)	355,000 shs.	$	5.50	$	1,952,500	$	229.81
Common stock, issuable upon exercise of Class Z warrants (4)(8)	355,000 shs.	$	5.50	$	1,952,500	$	229.81
Total				$	149,287,675	$	17,571.14

(1)	Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c).

(2)	Includes 75,000 Series A units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(3)	Includes 690,000 Series B units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(4)	Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement also covers any additional securities that may be offered or issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction.

(5)	No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).

(6)	Represents currently outstanding warrants.

(7)	Represents common stock underlying Class W warrants included in the representative’s Series A and Series B units.

(8)	Represents common stock underlying Class Z warrants included in the representative’s Series A and Series B units.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, January 26, 2005

PROSPECTUS

$51,710,000

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

500,000 Series A Units

4,600,000 Series B Units

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. is a blank check company recently formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an unidentified operating business.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Our securities are being offered in the form of 5,100,000 units, consisting of 500,000 Series A units and 4,600,000 Series B units.


Each Series A unit consists of:		Each Series B unit consists of:

• two shares of our common stock; • five Class W warrants; and • five Class Z warrants.		• two shares of our Class B common stock; • one Class W warrant; and • one Class Z warrant.

Investors may purchase either Series A units, Series B units or any combination thereof.

Holders of our common stock and Class B common stock are each entitled to one vote for each share of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders other than in connection with a proposed business combination. Only holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to vote in connection with a proposed business combination. If a business combination is completed, all outstanding Class B common stock will automatically be converted into common stock unless the holder exercises the conversion rights described herein. If we are unable to complete a business combination, the funds to be deposited into trust as described below will be distributed to the holders of our Class B common stock and their shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. Accordingly, following the completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to the holders of our Class B common stock, we will have only one class of common stock outstanding.

Each Class W and Class Z warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share. Each Class W and Class Z warrant will become exercisable on the later of (a) , 2006 [one year from the date hereof] or (b) the earlier of our completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to our Class B stockholders. The Class W warrants will expire on , 2010 [five years from the date hereof] , or earlier upon redemption, while the Class Z warrants will expire on , 2012 [seven years from the date hereof] , or earlier upon redemption. The Class W and Class Z warrants are redeemable at our option, with the consent of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC as set forth in this prospectus. However, the Class W and Class Z warrants outstanding prior to this offering, all of which are held by our officers, directors and special advisors or their affiliates, shall not be redeemable by us as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals or their affiliates.

We have granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 75,000 Series A units and/or 690,000 Series B units solely to cover over-allotments, if any (over and above the 500,000 Series A units and 4,600,000 Series B units referred to above). The over-allotment option will be used only to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. We have also agreed to sell to the representative, for $100, as additional compensation, an option to purchase up to a total of 25,000 Series A units at a per-unit offering price of $ and/or a total of 230,000 Series B units at a per-unit offering price of $ . The purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. For a more complete description of the purchase option, see “Underwriting — Purchase Option” below.

There is presently no public market for our Series A units, Series B units, common stock, Class B common stock, Class W warrants or Class Z warrants. We anticipate that the Series A and the Series B units will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols and , respectively, on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Once the securities comprising the Series A and Series B units begin separate trading, the common stock, Class B common stock, Class W and Class Z warrants will be traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols , , and , respectively.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


	Public offering price		Underwriting discount and commissions ⁽¹⁾		Proceeds, before expenses, to us
Per Series A unit	$	10.50	$	0.735	$	9.765
Per Series B unit	$	10.10	$	0.707	$	9.393
Total	$	51,710,000	$	3,619,700	$	48,090,300

(1)	Includes a non-accountable expense allowance in the amount of 1% of the gross proceeds, or $0.105 per Series A unit and $0.101 per Series B unit ($517,100 in total) payable to HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC.

Of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, $46,460,000 (representing the aggregate offering price of the Series B units) will be deposited into trust with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.

We are offering the Series A units and the Series B units for sale on a firm commitment basis. HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC, acting as the representative of the underwriters, expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about , 2005.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

, 2005

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

We are a blank check company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 3, 2005. We were formed to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an operating business. Our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry. Nevertheless, we intend to initially focus on the communications industry. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities.

The communications industry encompasses companies which create, produce, deliver, distribute and/or market communications services and content, or provide equipment, software or technology which enables the creation and provisioning of communications services. Communications services consist of any voice, data or video transmission regardless of the medium of transmission. Examples of segments of the communications industry include but are not limited to:

•

wireline local and long distance telecommunications (including voice over internet protocol);

•

wireless voice and data;

•

cable and satellite radio and television;

•

network equipment software and hardware; and

•

information technology services and network outsourcing.

While we may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business, our initial business combination must be with a target business whose fair market value is at least equal to 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition. Consequently, it is likely that we will have the ability to effect only a single business combination.

Our offices are located at One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080, Reston, Virginia 20190, and our telephone number is (703) 995-5533.

The Offering


Securities offered:		500,000 Series A units, at $10.50 per unit, each unit consisting of: • two shares of common stock; • five Class W warrants; and • five Class Z warrants. 4,600,000 Series B units, at $10.10 per unit, each unit consisting of: • two shares of Class B common stock; • one Class W warrant; and • one Class Z warrant. The Series A and Series B units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Each of the common stock, Class B common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants may trade separately on the 90 ^th day after the date of this prospectus unless HCFP/Brenner Securities determines that an earlier date is acceptable. In no event will HCFP/Brenner Securities allow separate trading of the common stock, Class B common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including audited financial statements, upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. The audited balance sheet will include proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.

Common stock:

Number outstanding before this offering		100 shares

Number to be outstanding after this offering		1,000,100 shares

Class B common stock:

Number outstanding before this offering		0 shares

Number to be outstanding after this offering		9,200,000 shares

Class W Warrants:

Number outstanding before this offering		2,475,000

Number to be outstanding after this offering		9,575,000 Class W warrants



Exercisability		Each Class W warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock.

Exercise price		$5.00

Exercise period		The Class W warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) , 2006 [one year from the date of this prospectus] or (b) the earlier of: • the completion of a business combination with a target business, or • the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders. The Class W warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2010 [five years from the date of this prospectus] or earlier upon redemption.

Redemption		We may redeem the outstanding Class W warrants (other than those outstanding prior to this offering held by our officers and directors or their affiliates) with HCFP/Brenner Securities’ prior consent: • in whole and not in part, • at a price of $.05 per warrant at any time after the warrants become exercisable, • upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, and • if, and only if, the last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $7.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

Class Z Warrants:

Number outstanding before this offering		2,475,000

Number to be outstanding after this offering		9,575,000 Class Z warrants

Exercisability		Each Class Z warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock.

Exercise price		$5.00

Exercise period		The Class Z warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) , 2006 [one year from the date of this prospectus] or (b) the earlier of: • the completion of a business combination with a target business, or • the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders.


		The Class Z warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ] , 2012 [seven years from the date of this prospectus] or earlier upon redemption.

Redemption		We may redeem the outstanding Class Z warrants (other than those outstanding prior to this offering held by our officers and directors or their affiliates) with HCFP/Brenner Securities’ prior consent: • in whole and not in part, • at a price of $.05 per warrant at any time after the warrants become exercisable, • upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, and • if, and only if, the last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $8.75 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

Proposed OTC Bulletin Board symbols for our:
Series A units		[ ]
Series B units		[ ]
Common stock		[ ]
Class B common stock		[ ]
Class W warrants		[ ]
Class Z warrants		[ ]

Offering proceeds to be held in trust:		$46,460,000 of the proceeds of this offering (representing the aggregate offering price of the Series B units) will be placed in a trust fund maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, pursuant to an agreement with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company to be signed on the date of this prospectus. These proceeds will not be released to us until the completion of a business combination. Therefore, unless and until a business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust fund will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business. These expenses may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust fund (initially, approximately $1,325,300).

Different voting rights of common stock and Class B common stock:		Holders of our common stock and Class B common stock are each entitled to one vote for each share of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders other than in connection with a proposed business combination. Only


		holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to vote in connection with a proposed business combination. Following the completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to the holders of our Class B common stock, we will have only one class of common stock outstanding. At that time, each holder will be entitled to vote on all matters.
Class B stockholders must approve business combination:		We will seek Class B stockholder approval before we effect any business combination, even if the nature of the acquisition would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law. We will proceed with a business combination only if the holders of a majority of the Class B shares cast at the meeting to approve the business combination vote in favor of the business combination and Class B stockholders owning less than 20% of the outstanding Class B shares exercise their conversion rights described below. In the event of a business combination, all outstanding Class B common stock will be automatically converted into common stock. In the event we are unable to complete a business combination, the trust fund will be distributed to our Class B stockholders and all outstanding Class B common stock will be cancelled. Accordingly, following the completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders, we will have only one class of common stock outstanding.

Conversion rights for Class B stockholders voting to reject a business combination:		Class B stockholders voting against a business combination will be entitled to convert their shares of Class B common stock into a pro rata share of the trust fund, including any interest earned on their portion of the trust fund, if the business combination is approved and completed.

Distribution of the proceeds held in trust to Class B stockholders in the event of no business combination:		We will promptly distribute only to our Class B stockholders the amount in our trust fund if we do not effect a business combination within 12 months after consummation of this offering (or within 18 months from the consummation of this offering if a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement has been executed within 12 months after consummation of this offering and the business combination has not been consummated within such 12 month period). The holders of common stock will not receive any of the proceeds held in the trust fund. However, in the event there is no business combination, any remaining net assets, after the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders, will be available for our use.

Risks

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should also note that our financial statements contain a statement indicating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on us raising funds in this offering. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.


	January 12, 2005
	Actual		As Adjusted
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital	$	190,527	$	48,026,327
Total assets	$	298,527	$	48,026,327
Total liabilities	$	57,500	$	—
Value of common stock which may be converted to cash (initial price of $5.05 per Class B share)	$	—	$	9,287,354
Total stockholders’ equity	$	241,027	$	38,738,973

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such sale.

The working capital excludes $50,500 of costs related to this offering that have been accrued through January 12, 2005. These deferred offering costs have been recorded as an asset and will be charged to total stockholders’ equity upon consummation of this offering.

The working capital and total assets amounts in the “as adjusted” information include the $46,460,000 to be held in the trust fund, which will be available to us only upon the consummation of a business combination within the time period described in this prospectus. If a business combination is not so consummated, the proceeds held in the trust fund will be distributed solely to our Class B stockholders.

We will not proceed with a business combination if stockholders owning 20% or more of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, we may effect a business combination if stockholders owning up to approximately 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock exercise their conversion rights. If this occurred, we would be required to convert to cash up to approximately 19.99% of the 9,200,000 shares of Class B common stock sold in this offering, or 1,839,080 shares of Class B common stock, at an initial per-share conversion price of $5.05, without taking into account interest earned on the trust fund. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to:

•

the amount in the trust account, including all accrued interest, as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of the business combination,

•

divided by the number of Class B shares of common stock sold in this offering.

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the material risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our units.

Risks associated with our business

We are a development stage company with no operating history and very limited resources and our financial statements contain a statement indicating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on us raising funds in this offering.

We are a recently incorporated development stage company with no operating results to date. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We have no present revenue and will not generate any revenues (other than interest income on the proceeds of this offering) until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination. As of January 12, 2005, our cash and working capital were insufficient to complete our planned activities for the upcoming year. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our financial statements includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the consummation of this offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

If we are unable to complete a business combination, holders of our Series A units will be unable to convert their securities and participate in the distribution of the trust fund.

The trust fund is reserved for holders of our Class B common stock that will be sold as part of the Series B units. Consequently, if we are unable to complete a business combination, the holders of common stock that will be sold as part of the Series A units will not be entitled to participate in the distribution of the trust fund. Furthermore, there will be no distribution from the trust fund with respect to our outstanding Class W and Class Z warrants. For a more complete discussion of the effects on the holders of our common stock and Class B common stock if we are unable to complete a business combination, see the section below entitled “Proposed Business — Effecting a business combination — Distribution of trust fund to Class B stockholders if no business combination.”

If you purchase Series A units, the shares of common stock will not be entitled to vote on a proposed business combination.

The shares of common stock sold as part of the Series A units will not be entitled to vote on a proposed business combination with a target business. Only the holders of Class B common stock will have an opportunity to approve a business combination. Consequently, holders of common stock and warrants will be entirely dependent upon the judgment of the holders of Class B common stock in determining whether or not a proposed business combination is approved.

If we are unable to complete a business combination and the trust fund is distributed to the Class B stockholders, the holders of common stock will have limited opportunity to recover their initial investment and their shares may be worthless.

If the trust fund is distributed to the Class B stockholders, the remaining net assets will be available for our use. However, our remaining net assets will likely be minimal following the expenditures incurred in connection with the attempt to complete a business combination.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United

States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC upon consummation of this offering including audited financial statements demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our Series A and Series B units will be immediately tradable and we have a longer period of time to complete a business combination in certain circumstances. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings under Rule 419, see the section entitled “Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies” below.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share distribution received by Class B stockholders could be less than $5.05 per share.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust fund for the benefit of our Class B stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or that even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust fund. Nor is there any guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust fund for any reason. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over the claims of our Class B stockholders. We cannot assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust fund will not be less than $5.05, plus interest, due to claims of creditors. If we are unable to complete a business combination and are forced to distribute the proceeds held in trust to our Class B stockholders, Rhodric Hackman, our President, Lior Samuelson, our Executive Vice President, and David Ballarini, our Chief Financial Officer will be personally liable under certain circumstances to ensure that the proceeds in the trust fund are not reduced by the claims of various vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or products sold to us. However, we cannot assure you that Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini will be able to satisfy those obligations.

Since we are not limited to any particular industry or any target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry in or business which we may ultimately operate.

We may consummate a business combination with a company in any industry we choose and are not limited to any particular industry or type of business. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our Series A and Series B units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business. For a more complete discussion of our selection of a target business, see the section below entitled “Proposed Business — Effecting a business combination — We have not identified a target business or target industry.”

We may issue shares of our capital stock or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our stockholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 40,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.0001, 12,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $.0001, and 5,000 shares of preferred stock,

par value $.0001. Immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), there will be 9,429,900 and 2,340,000 authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of shares upon full exercise of our outstanding Class W and Class Z warrants and the purchase option granted to HCFP/Brenner Securities, the representative of the underwriters) and all of the 5,000 shares of preferred stock available for issuance. Although we have no commitments as of the date of this offering to issue our securities, we will, in all likelihood, issue a substantial number of additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock, or a combination of common and preferred stock, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of our common stock or any number of shares of our preferred stock:

•

may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

•

will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

•

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

•

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant is breached without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

•

our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding.

For a more complete discussion of the possible structure of a business combination, see the section below entitled “Proposed Business — Effecting a business combination — Selection of a target business and structuring of a business combination.”

It is likely that our current officers and directors will resign upon consummation of a business combination and we will have only limited ability to evaluate the management of the target business.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The future role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in various capacities with the target business following a business combination, it is likely that the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business in connection with evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of management will prove to be correct.

Our officers and directors may allocate their time to other businesses which could cause a conflict of interest as to which business they present a viable acquisition opportunity to.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and other businesses. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination. All of our executive officers are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our executive officers’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on

our ability to consummate a business combination. For a complete discussion of the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, see the section below entitled “Management – Conflicts of Interest.” We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented to.

Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other “blank check” companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Additionally, our officers and directors may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they have fiduciary obligations to. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. For a more complete discussion of our management’s affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, see the sections below entitled “Management — Directors and Executive Officers” and “Management — Conflicts of Interest.” We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

All of our officers and directors own Class W and Class Z warrants which will not participate in the distribution of the trust fund. This may cause them to have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

The Class W and Class Z warrants owned by our directors and officers may have limited value if we do not consummate a business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest.

If our common stock becomes subject to the SEC’s penny stock rules, broker-dealers may experience difficulty in completing customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected.

If at any time we have net tangible assets of $5,000,000 or less and our common stock and Class B common stock has a market price per share of less than $5.00, transactions in our common stock and Class B common stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under these rules, broker-dealers who recommend such securities to persons other than institutional accredited investors must:

•

make a special written suitability determination for the purchaser;

•

receive the purchaser’s written agreement to a transaction prior to sale;

•

provide the purchaser with risk disclosure documents which identify certain risks associated with investing in “penny stocks” and which describe the market for these “penny stocks” as well as a purchaser’s legal remedies; and

•

obtain a signed and dated acknowledgment from the purchaser demonstrating that the purchaser has actually received the required risk disclosure document before a transaction in a “penny stock” can be completed.

If our common stock and Class B common stock becomes subject to these rules, broker-dealers may find it difficult to effectuate customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected. As a result, the market price of our securities may be depressed, and you may find it more difficult to sell our securities.

It is probable that we will only be able to complete one business combination, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business and a limited number of products or services.

The net proceeds from this offering will provide us with only approximately $47,785,300 which we may use to complete a business combination. Our initial business combination must be with a business with a fair market value

of at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition. Consequently, it is probable that we will have the ability to complete only a single business combination. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

•

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or

•

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

In this case, we will not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Further, the obligation we have to seek Class B stockholder approval of a business combination may delay the consummation of a transaction, and our obligation to convert into cash the shares of Class B common stock in certain instances may reduce the resources available for a business combination. Additionally, our outstanding Class W and Class Z warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure the transaction or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a business combination, in as much as we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination or the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or because we become obligated to convert into cash a significant number of shares of Class B common stock from dissenting stockholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. We cannot assure you that such financing would be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

Our loss of the services of any of H. Brian Thompson, Rhodric Hackman, Lior Samuelson and David Ballarini would make it more difficult to find a suitable company for a business combination which makes it more likely that we will be forced to distribute the proceeds of our trust fund to our Class B stockholders.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination will be largely dependent upon the efforts of H. Brian Thompson, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Rhodric Hackman, our President, Lior

Samuelson, our Executive Vice President and David Ballarini, our Chief Financial Officer. We have not entered into an employment agreement with any of Messrs. Thompson, Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini, nor have we obtained any “key man” life insurance on any of their lives. The loss of their services could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully achieve our business objectives, including seeking a suitable target business to effect a business combination.

Our outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

In connection with this offering, as part of the Series A and Series B units, we will be issuing warrants to purchase 14,200,000 shares of common stock. Our officers and directors and/or certain of their affiliates have also purchased warrants to purchase 4,950,000 shares of common stock at $5.00 per share. We will also issue an option to purchase 25,000 Series A units and/or 230,000 Series B units to the representative of the underwriters which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of an additional 710,000 warrants. To the extent we issue shares of common stock to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of substantial numbers of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants and options could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business as such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants and options may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the warrants and options could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future public financing. If and to the extent these warrants and options are exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

If our existing stockholders exercise their registration rights, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our existing stockholders are entitled to demand that we register the resale of their shares of our common stock and Class W and Class Z warrants and shares of common stock underlying their Class W and Class Z warrants at any time after we consummate a business combination. If our existing stockholders exercise their registration rights with respect to all of these shares and warrants, there will be an additional 4,950,100 shares of common stock and 4,950,000 warrants eligible for trading in the public market. The presence of this additional number of shares of common stock and warrants eligible for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of the target business, as the stockholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities as a result of these registration rights and the potential future effect their exercise may have on the trading market for our common stock.

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our securities in this offering only if you reside within certain states and all investors may engage in resale transactions only in those states and certain other jurisdictions.

We have applied to register our securities, or have obtained or will seek to obtain an exemption from registration, in Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, New York and Rhode Island. If you are not an “institutional investor,” you must be a resident of these jurisdictions to purchase our securities in the offering. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities. In order to prevent resale transactions in violation of states’ securities laws, you may engage in resale transactions only in these states and in other jurisdictions in which an applicable exemption is available or a Blue Sky application has been filed and accepted. This restriction on resale may limit your ability to resell the

securities purchased in this offering and may impact the price of our securities. For a more complete discussion of the Blue Sky state securities laws and registrations affecting this offering, please see the section entitled “Underwriting — State Blue Sky Information” below.

We intend to have our securities quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, which will limit the liquidity and price of our securities more than if our securities were quoted or listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market or a national exchange.

Our securities will be traded in the over-the-counter market. It is anticipated that they will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an NASD-sponsored and operated inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities not included on The Nasdaq Stock Market. Quotation of our securities on the OTC Bulletin Board will limit the liquidity and price of our securities more than if our securities were quoted or listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market or a national exchange.

Our obligations under laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations, may increase our cost of completing a business combination.

As a public company, we will be obligated to comply with laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the National Association of Securities Dealers. These laws and regulations may impose obligations that will increase the legal and financial costs required to consummate a business combination and increase the time required to complete a transaction.

The representative of the underwriters in the offering will not make a market for our securities which could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

HCFP/Brenner Securities, the representative of the underwriters in this offering, does not make markets in securities and will not be making a market in our securities. HCFP/Brenner Securities’ not acting as a market maker for our securities may adversely impact the liquidity and price of our securities.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, our activities may be restricted, including:

•

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

•

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

•

registration as an investment company;

•

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

•

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

We believe that our anticipated principal activities will not subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may only be invested by the trust agent in “government securities” with specific maturity dates. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the

requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940. If we were deemed to be subject to the act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense that we have not allotted for.

Our directors may not be considered “independent” under the policies of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc.

Following this offering, none of our officers or directors will own more than 0.01% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Additionally, no salary or other compensation will be paid to our officers or directors for services rendered by them on our behalf prior to or in connection with a business combination. Accordingly, we believe each non-employee director is “independent” as that term is commonly used. However, under the policies of the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., because each of our directors own shares of our common stock and may receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations, state securities administrators could take the position that such individuals are not “independent.” If this were the case, they would take the position that we would not have the benefit of independent directors examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement. Additionally, there is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses that could be incurred and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which would include persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Although we believe that all actions taken by our directors on our behalf will be in our best interests, whether or not they are deemed to be “independent,” we cannot assure you that this will actually be the case. If actions are taken, or expenses are incurred that are actually not in our best interests, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Because our initial stockholders’ initial equity investment was only $248,000, our offering may be disallowed by state administrators that follow the North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc. Statement of Policy on development stage companies.

Pursuant to the Statement of Policy Regarding Promoter’s Equity Investment promulgated by The North American Securities Administrators Association, Inc., an international organization devoted to investor protection, any state administrator may disallow an offering of a development stage company if the initial equity investment by a company’s promoters does not equal a certain percentage of the aggregate public offering price. Our promoters’ initial investment of $248,000 is less than the required $1,402,750 minimum amount pursuant to this policy. Accordingly, a state administrator would have the discretion to disallow our offering if it wanted to. We cannot assure you that our offering would not be disallowed pursuant to this policy. Additionally, the initial equity investment made by the initial stockholders may not adequately protect investors.

Risks related to the communications industry

Our search for a target business is not limited to any particular industry. Although our management has experience in a number of industries, its most significant relationships and expertise are in the communications industry. If we were to acquire a target company in the communications industry, we believe the following risks would apply to us following the completion of a business combination.

Changes in technology may adversely affect our operations and financial condition following a business combination.

The communications industry is substantially affected by rapid and significant changes in technology. These changes may render certain existing services and technologies used in the industry obsolete. We cannot assure you that the technologies used by or relied upon by a target business with which we effect a business combination will not be subject to such obsolescence. While we may attempt to adapt and apply the services

provided by the target business to newer technologies, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to fund these changes or that these changes will ultimately prove successful.

If, following a business combination, the products that we market or sell are not accepted by the public, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

Certain segments of the communications industry are dependent on developing and marketing new products and services that respond to technological and competitive developments and changing customer needs. We cannot assure you that the products and services of a target business with which we effect a business combination will gain market acceptance. Any significant delay or failure in developing new or enhanced technology, including new product and service offerings, could result in a loss of actual or potential market share and a decrease in revenues.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights following a business combination, competitors may be able to use our technology or trademarks, which could weaken our competitive position.

If we are successful in acquiring a target business and the target business is the owner of proprietary programming, characters, software or technology, our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property rights for those assets, both in the United States and in other countries. In those circumstances, we may file applications for patents, copyrights and trademarks as our management deems appropriate. We cannot assure you that these applications, if filed, will be approved, or that we will have the financial and other resources necessary to enforce our proprietary rights against infringement by others. Additionally, we cannot assure you that any patent, trademark or copyright obtained by us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.

We may not be able to successfully compete in our desired industry which is characterized by the existence of large competitors and rapidly changing technology.

There is substantial competition in all aspects of the communications industry. Numerous companies, most of which have substantially greater financial resources available to them than we will, are already engaged in all aspects of the communications industry. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with others in the relevant market upon the successful acquisition of a target business.

We may not be able to comply with government regulations that may be adopted with respect to the communications industry.

Certain segments of the communications industry, including wireline and wireless communications networks, broadcast networks, cable networks and radio stations, have historically been subject to substantial regulation at the Federal, state and local levels. In the past, the regulatory environment, particularly with respect to the telecommunications industry and the television and radio industry, has been fairly rigid. We cannot assure you that regulations currently in effect or adopted in the future will not have a material adverse affect on any target business acquired by us.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be as set forth in the following table:


	Without Over- Allotment Option		Over-Allotment Option Exercised
Gross proceeds	$	51,710,000.00	$	59,466,500.00

Offering expenses
Underwriting discount (6% of gross proceeds)		3,102,600.00		3,567,990.00
Underwriting non-accountable expense allowance (1% of gross proceeds)		517,100.00		517,100.00
Legal fees and expenses (including blue sky services and expenses)		135,000.00		135,000.00
Miscellaneous expenses		52,000.09		52,000.09
Printing and engraving expenses		50,000.00		50,000.00
Accounting fees and expenses		35,000.00		35,000.00
SEC registration fee		17,571.14		17,571.14
NASD registration fee		15,428.77		15,428.77

Net proceeds
Held in trust		46,460,000.00		53,429,000.00
Not held in trust		1,325,300.00		1,647,410.00

Total net proceeds		47,785,300.00		55,076,410.00


Use of net proceeds not held in trust
Legal, accounting and other expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiation of a business combination		250,000	18.9	%		250,000	15.2	%
Due diligence of prospective target businesses		250,000	18.9	%		250,000	15.2	%
Payment of administrative fee ($7,500 per month for 18 months)		135,000	10.1	%		135,000	8.2	%
Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations		50,000	3.8	%		50,000	3.0	%
Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, D&O insurance and reserves		640,300	48.3	%		962,410	58.4	%

Total	$	1,325,300	100.0	%	$	1,647,410	100.0	%

$46,640,000, or $53,429,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the net proceeds will be placed in a trust fund maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York, as trustee. The proceeds will not be released from the trust fund until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the distribution of the proceeds to our Class B stockholders. The proceeds held in the trust fund may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

The payment to Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini, of a monthly fee of $7,500 is for general and administrative services including office space, utilities and administrative support. This arrangement is for our benefit and is not intended to provide Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini with compensation in lieu of a salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, that the fee charged by Mercator Capital L.L.C. is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person.

We intend to use the excess working capital (approximately $640,300, or $962,410 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) for director and officer liability insurance premiums (approximately $60,000), with the balance of $580,300, or $902,410 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described below.

To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust fund as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used to finance the operations of the target business.

The net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust fund and not immediately required for the purposes set forth above will only be invested in United States “government securities,” defined as any Treasury Bill issued by the United States having a maturity of one hundred and eighty days or less so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. The interest income derived from investment of these net proceeds during this period will be used to defray our general and administrative expenses, as well as costs relating to compliance with securities laws and regulations, including associated professional fees, until a business combination is completed.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, we will have sufficient available funds to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time.

Commencing on the effective date of this prospectus through the consummation of the acquisition of the target business, we will pay Mercator Capital L.L.C. the fee described above. Other than this $7,500 per month administrative fee, no compensation of any kind (including finder’s and consulting fees) will be paid to any of our officers and directors, or any of their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the consummation of the business combination. However, our officers and directors will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

A Class B stockholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust fund (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust fund) only in the event there is no business combination or if that Class B stockholder were to seek to convert such shares into cash in connection with a business combination which the Class B stockholder voted against and which we actually consummate. In no other circumstances will a Class B stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust fund. Under no circumstances will holders of common stock have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust fund.

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share of common stock, assuming no value is attributed to the Class W and Class Z warrants included in the Series A and Series B units, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class B common stock which may be converted into cash), by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

At January 12, 2005, our net tangible book value was $190,527, or approximately $1,905.27 per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of 1,000,000 shares of common stock and 9,200,000 shares of Class B common stock included in the Series A and Series B units, respectively, and the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value at January 12, 2005 would have been $38,738,873 or $4.63 per share, representing an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $1,900.64 per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $0.44 per share or 8.7% to new investors not exercising their conversion rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is approximately $9,287,354 less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the conversion rights to the Class B stockholders may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 19.99% of the aggregate number of the Class B shares sold in this offering at a per-share conversion price equal to the amount in the trust fund as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination, inclusive of any interest, divided by the number of Class B shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units:


Weighted average public offering price				$	5.07
Net tangible book value before this offering	$	1,905.27
Decrease attributable to new investors	($	1,900.64	)

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering				$	4.63

Dilution to new investors				$	0.44

The following table sets forth information with respect to our existing stockholders and the new investors:


	All Classes of Common Stock Purchased			Total Consideration				Weighted Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percentage		Amount		Percentage		Weighted Average Price Per Share
Existing stockholders	100	0.0	%	$	500	0.0	%	$	5.00
New investors	10,200,000	100.0	%	$	51,710,000	100.0	%	$	5.07

	10,200,100	100.0	%	$	51,710,500	100.0	%

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at January 12, 2005 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our Series A and Series B units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of our Series A and Series B units:


	Actual			As Adjusted
Class B Common stock, $.0001 par value, -0- and 1,839,080 shares which are subject to possible conversion, shares at conversion value	$	—		$	9,287,354


Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding	$	—		$	—
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding; 1,000,100 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted		—			100
Class B Common stock, $.0001 par value, 12,000,000 shares authorized; -0- shares issued and outstanding; 7,360,920 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 1,839,080 shares subject to possible conversion), as adjusted		—			736
Additional paid-in capital		248,000			38,745,100
Accumulated deficit		(6,973	)		(6,973	)

Total stockholders’ equity	$	241,027		$	38,738,973

Total capitalization	$	241,027		$	48,026,327

If we consummate a business combination, the conversion rights afforded to our Class B stockholders may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 19.99% of the aggregate number of Class B shares sold in this offering at a per-share conversion price equal to the amount in the trust fund as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed consummation of a business combination, inclusive of any interest thereon, divided by the number of Class B shares sold in this offering.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We were formed on January 3, 2005 to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with a currently unidentified operating business. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, capital stock and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of our capital stock:

•

may significantly reduce the equity interest of our stockholders;

•

will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

•

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

•

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant is breached without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

•

our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding.

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the Series A and Series B units, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $822,100, including $517,100 evidencing the underwriters’ non-accountable expense allowance of 1% of the gross proceeds, and underwriting discounts of approximately $3,102,600, will be approximately $47,785,300, or $55,076,410 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of this amount, $46,460,000, or $53,429,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be held in trust and the remaining $1,325,300, or $1,647,410 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will not be held in trust. We will use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire a target business, including identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust fund as well as any other net proceeds not expended to acquire a target business will be used to finance the operations of the target business. We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust fund will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we anticipate approximately $250,000 of expenses for legal, accounting and other expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination, $250,000 of expenses for the due diligence investigations of prospective target businesses, $135,000 for the administrative fee payable to Mercator Capital L.L.C. ($7,500 per month for 18 months), $50,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations and $640,300 (or $962,410 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves, including approximately $60,000 for director and officer liability insurance premiums. We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this

offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, we may need to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities if such funds are required to consummate a business combination that is presented to us. We would only consummate such a financing simultaneously with the consummation of a business combination.

We are obligated, commencing on the date of this prospectus, to pay to Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini, a monthly fee of $7,500 for general and administrative services.

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a Delaware blank check company incorporated on January 3, 2005, to serve as a vehicle for the acquisition of an operating business. Our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry. Although our management has experience in a number of industries, its most significant relationships and expertise are in the communications industry.

The communications industry

•

wireline local and long distance telecommunications (including voice over internet protocol);

•

wireless voice and data;

•

cable and satellite radio and television;

•

network equipment software and hardware; and

•

information technology services and network outsourcing.

Effecting a business combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be generally applied toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, prospective investors will invest in us without an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, a business combination may involve a company which may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth.

We have not identified a target business

To date, we have not selected any target business. Subject to the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of our net assets at the time of the acquisition, as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of target businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including securities broker-dealers, investment bankers, venture capitalists, bankers and other members of the financial community, who may present solicited or unsolicited proposals. Our officers and directors and their affiliates may also bring to our attention target business candidates. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee or other compensation. In no event, however, will we pay any of our existing officers, directors, stockholders or any entity with which they are affiliated any finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the consummation of a business combination.

Selection of a target business and structuring of a business combination

Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination must be with a target business with a fair market value that is at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management will consider, among other factors, the following:

•

financial condition and results of operation;

•

growth potential;

•

experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

•

capital requirements;

•

competitive position;

•

barriers to entry into other industries;

•

stage of development of the products, processes or services;

•

degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

•

proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection of the products, processes or services;

•

regulatory environment of the industry; and

•

costs associated with effecting the business combination.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which will be made available to us.

We will endeavor to structure a business combination so as to achieve the most favorable tax treatment to us, the target business and both companies’ stockholders. We cannot assure you, however, that the Internal Revenue Service or appropriate state tax authority will agree with our tax treatment of the business combination.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition. The fair market value of such business will be determined by our board of directors based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and book value. If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm which is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of net assets threshold, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our stockholders, although copies will be provided to stockholders who request it. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business has sufficient fair market value.

Probable lack of business diversification

While we may seek to effect business combinations with more than one target business, our initial business combination must be with a target business which satisfies the minimum valuation standard at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above. Consequently, it is probable that we will have the ability to effect only a single business combination. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

•

subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and

•

result in our dependency upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

Limited ability to evaluate the target business’ management

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company intending to embark on a program of business development. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our officers and directors will remain associated with us in some capacity following a business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business acquired.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional

managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Opportunity for Class B stockholder approval of business combination

Prior to the completion of a business combination, we will submit the transaction to our Class B stockholders for approval, even if the nature of the acquisition would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law. In connection with seeking Class B stockholder approval of a business combination, we will furnish our Class B stockholders with proxy solicitation materials prepared in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which, among other matters, will include a description of the operations of the target business and audited historical financial statements of the business. These materials will also be mailed to the holders of our common stock although their vote will not be solicited.

We will proceed with the business combination only if the holders of a majority of the Class B shares cast at the meeting to approve the business combination vote in favor of the business combination and the holders of Class B shares representing less than 20% of the Class B shares outstanding exercise their conversion rights.

Conversion rights

At the time we seek Class B stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each Class B stockholder the right to have his or her shares of Class B common stock converted to cash if he or she votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. The holders of our common stock will not be entitled to seek conversion of their shares. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to the amount in the trust fund inclusive of any interest (calculated as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of the business combination), divided by the number of Class B shares sold in this offering. Without taking into any account interest earned on the trust fund, the initial per-share conversion price would be $5.05, or equivalent to the Series B unit offering price of $10.10. An eligible Class B stockholder may request conversion at any time after the mailing to our Class B stockholders of the proxy statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to a proposed business combination at a meeting held for that purpose, but the request will not be granted unless the Class B stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Any request for conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date of the meeting. It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to Class B stockholders entitled to convert their Class B shares who elect conversion will be distributed promptly after completion of a business combination. Any Class B stockholder who converts his or her stock into his or her share of the trust fund still has the right to exercise the Class W and Class Z warrants that he or she received as part of the Series B units. We will not complete any business combination if Class B stockholders, owning 20% or more of the Class B shares outstanding, exercise their conversion rights.

Distribution of trust fund to Class B stockholders if no business combination

If we do not complete a business combination within 12 months after the completion of this offering, or within 18 months if the extension criteria described below have been satisfied, we will distribute to all of our Class B stockholders, in proportion to their respective equity interest in the Class B common stock, an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust fund, inclusive of any interest, and all then outstanding Class B common stock will be automatically cancelled. There will be no distribution from the trust fund with respect to our common stock or our Class W and Class Z warrants. However, any remaining net assets following the distribution of the trust fund will be available for our use.

The initial distribution per Class B share, without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust fund, would be $5.05. The proceeds deposited in the trust fund could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which could be prior to the claims of our Class B stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual distribution per Class B share will not be less than $5.05, plus interest, due to claims of creditors. If we are unable to complete a business combination and are forced to distribute the proceeds held in trust to our Class B

stockholders, each of Mr. Rhodric Hackman, our President, Mr. Lior Samuelson, our Executive Vice President, and Mr. David Ballarini, our Chief Financial Officer, will be personally liable under certain circumstances to ensure that the proceeds in the trust fund are not reduced by the claims of various vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or products sold to us. However, we cannot assure you that any of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson or Ballarini will be able to satisfy those obligations. If we enter into either a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement to complete a business combination prior to the expiration of 12 months after the completion of this offering, but are unable to complete the business combination within the 12-month period, then we will have an additional six months in which to complete the business combination contemplated by the letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement. If we are unable to do so by the expiration of the 18-month period from the completion of this offering, we will then notify the trustee of the trust fund to commence liquidating the investments constituting the trust fund and will turn over the proceeds to our transfer agent for distribution to our Class B stockholders. We anticipate that our instruction to the trustee would be given promptly after the expiration of the applicable 12-month or 18-month period.

Our Class B stockholders shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust fund only in the event we do not complete a business combination or if the Class B stockholders seek to convert their respective shares into cash upon a business combination which the Class B stockholder voted against and which is actually completed by us. In no other circumstances shall a Class B stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust fund. Holders of our common stock will not be entitled to receive any of the proceeds held in the trust fund.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Further:

•

our obligation to seek Class B stockholder approval of a business combination may delay the completion of a transaction;

•

our obligation to convert into cash shares of Class B common stock held by our Class B stockholders in certain instances may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination; and

•

our outstanding warrants and options, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. In particular, certain industries which experience rapid growth frequently attract an increasingly larger number of competitors, including competitors with increasingly greater financial, marketing, technical and other resources than the initial competitors in the industry. The degree of competition characterizing the industry of any prospective target business cannot presently be ascertained. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources to compete effectively, especially to the extent that the target business is in a high-growth industry.

Facilities

We maintain our executive offices at One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080, Reston, Virginia 20190. The cost for this space is included in the $7,500 per-month fee Mercator Capital L.L.C. charges us for general and administrative services pursuant to a letter agreement between us and Mercator Capital L.L.C. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, that the fee charged by Mercator Capital L.L.C. is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have four executive officers, all of whom are also members of our board of directors. These individuals are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on the availability of suitable target businesses to investigate. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We have registered our securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual and quarterly reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.

We will not acquire a target business if audited financial statements cannot be obtained for the target business. Additionally, our management will provide our stockholders with audited financial statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials sent to Class B stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. Our management believes that the requirement of having available audited financial statements for the target business will not materially limit the pool of potential target businesses available for acquisition.

Comparison to offerings of blank check companies

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering.


	Terms of Our Offering	Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Escrow of offering proceeds	$46,640,000 of the net offering proceeds will be deposited into a trust fund maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee.	$43,281,270 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

Investment of net proceeds	The $46,640,000 of net offering proceeds held in trust will only be invested in U.S. “government securities,” defined as any Treasury Bill issued by the United States having a maturity of one hundred and eighty days or less.	Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Limitation on Fair Value or Net Assets of Target Business	The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition.	We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.


	Terms of Our Offering	Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Trading of securities issued	The Series A and Series B units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock, Class B common stock and warrants comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 90 ^th day after the date of this prospectus unless HCFP/Brenner Securities informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes audited financial statements reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.	No trading of the units or the underlying common stock, Class B common stock and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

Exercise of the warrants	The Class W and Class Z warrants cannot be exercised until the later of (a) one year from the date of this prospectus or (b) the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to our Class B stockholders.	The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.


	Terms of Our Offering	Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering
Election to remain an investor	We will give our Class B stockholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination. In connection with seeking Class B stockholder approval, we will send each Class B stockholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. A Class B stockholder following the procedures described in this prospectus is given the right to convert his or her shares into his or her pro rata share of the trust fund. However, a Class B stockholder who does not follow these procedures or a stockholder who does not take any action would not be entitled to the return of any funds.	A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a stockholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45 ^th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the stockholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

Business combination deadline	A business combination must occur within 12 months after the consummation of this offering or within 18 months after the consummation of this offering if a letter of intent or definitive agreement relating to a prospective business combination was entered into prior to the end of the 12-month period.	If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

Release of funds	The proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or upon our failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.	The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Special Advisors

Our current directors, executive officers and special advisors are as follows:


Name	Age	Position
H. Brian Thompson	65	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Rhodric C. Hackman	57	President, Secretary and Director
Lior Samuelson	55	Executive Vice President and Director
David Ballarini	41	Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director
Morgan E. O’Brien	60	Special Advisor
Alex Mandl	61	Special Advisor

H. Brian Thompson has been our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. Since January 2003, Mr. Thompson also has been the Chairman of Comsat International, one of the largest independent telecommunications operators serving Latin America. Comsat, acquired from Lockheed Martin in a transaction completed in October 2002, provides international data and voice communications services to commercial customers and other telecommunications carriers through a fully integrated fiber, wireless, and satellite network. Mr. Thompson has also been the Chief Executive Officer of Universal Telecommunications, Inc., a private equity investment and advisory firm, focused on consolidations and start-up companies in the communications industry, since he formed it in June 1991. Since October 1998, Mr. Thompson has also served as the Co-Chairman for the Americas of the Global Information Infrastructure Commission, a multinational organization comprised of international communication industry professionals, the strategic objective of which is to chart the role of the private sector in the developing global information and telecommunications infrastructure. From March 1999 to September 2000, Mr. Thompson was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Global TeleSystems, Inc. (formerly Global TeleSystems Group, Inc.), a provider of broadband, internet and voice services, serving businesses and carriers throughout Europe. From 1991 to June 1998, Mr. Thompson served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of LCI International, Inc., which became a leading telecommunications provider during his tenure. In June 1998, LCI merged with Qwest Communications International Inc. and until December 1998, Mr. Thompson served as Vice Chairman of the board of Qwest. From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President of MCI Communications Corporation, with responsibility for eight operating divisions, including MCI International. Mr. Thompson was previously a management consultant specializing in telecommunications and technology enterprises with McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm.

Mr. Thompson currently serves as a member of the board of directors of the following public companies: Sonus Networks, Inc. (NASDAQ: SONS), United Auto Group Inc. (NYSE: UAG), Axcelis Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACLS), and Bell Canada International, Inc. (NEX: BI.H). Mr. Thompson also serves as a member of the board of directors of ArrayComm, Inc., a privately held company engaged in the development of broadband wireless technology. Mr. Thompson is a trustee of Capitol College in Laurel, Maryland, and serves as a member of the Irish Prime Minister’s Ireland-America Economic Advisory Board. Mr. Thompson formerly served on the boards of DynCorp, Williams Communications Group, Inc. and Comcast UK Cable Partners Limited. Mr. Thompson is a former Chairman of the U.S. Competitive Telecommunications Association (CompTel) and also served as Chairman of both the Advisory Committee for Telecommunications and, more recently, the Advisory Committee on Infocoms, for Ireland’s Department of Public Enterprise. From January 1999 to March 1999, Mr. Thompson served as non-executive Chairman of Telecom Eireann, Ireland’s incumbent telephone company. Mr. Thompson received a B.S. from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Rhodric C. Hackman has been our President, Secretary and a Director since our inception. In October 1999, Mr. Hackman co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C., a merchant and investment bank focused on communications, media and technology. Mr. Hackman has been a partner of Mercator Capital and its affiliates since formation. In January 1991, Mr. Hackman co-founded Hackman, Baring & Co. Incorporated, a boutique investment bank specializing in the communications industry. Mr. Hackman served as a principal of Hackman, Baring & Co. until it was sold to PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities in September 1997. From the date of the sale until September 1999,

Mr. Hackman served as Co-Head of Communications & Media in the investment banking group at PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From June 1993 to March 1995, Mr. Hackman was President and a member of the board of directors of HB Communications Acquisition Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire an operating business in the communications industry. From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Hackman served as Co-Head of Communications in the investment banking group at Kidder, Peabody & Co., an investment banking firm. Mr. Hackman received a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from Cornell University.

Lior Samuelson has been our Executive Vice President and a Director since our inception. In October 1999, Mr. Samuelson co-founded Mercator Capital and has been a partner of it and its affiliates since formation. From 1997 until 1999, Mr. Samuelson was President and Chief Executive Officer of PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Samuelson served as Chief Executive Officer of Barents Group, a merchant bank and advisory firm specializing in assisting companies in emerging markets. Barents Group was a subsidiary of KPMG which grew to approximately 400 professionals. In 1985, Mr. Samuelson joined PEG Group, a company that specialized in developing simulation software and services, which was sold to KPMG in December 1986. Mr. Samuelson became a partner of KPMG in 1986, and served as a partner of KPMG until 1994. From 1980 until 1985, Mr. Samuelson served in a senior management position with Booz, Allen & Hamilton, a management consulting firm. Since August 2001, Mr. Samuelson has served as a Director of Deltathree, Inc. (NASDAQ:DDDC), an internet telephony company, and, since April 2001, as a Director of Civcom, a privately held telecommunication equipment company. Mr. Samuelson received a B.S. and an M.S. from Virginia Tech.

David Ballarini has been our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and a Director since our inception. In October 1999, Mr. Ballarini co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C. and has been a partner of it and its affiliates since formation. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Ballarini served as Director of Strategy and Corporate Development in the communications & media investment banking group at PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Ballarini served as an engagement manager of McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm, where he specialized in advising companies across various industries on growth strategy development, including executing strategic acquisitions and divestitures as well as leading post-merger integration activities. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Ballarini attended business school. From 1985 until 1991, Mr. Ballarini was involved in several key defense technology programs including aircraft and aerospace system development initiatives as a senior project manager at Atlantic Research Corporation and the United States Naval Air Development Center. Mr. Ballarini received a B.S.E. from Princeton University, an M.S.A.E. from Georgia Tech as well as an M.B . A. from The Wharton School.

Morgan E. O’Brien has served as a Special Advisor to us since January 2005. Mr. O’Brien has served as Vice Chairman of Nextel (NASDAQ:NXTL) since 1996. Mr. O’Brien co-founded what would become Nextel (Fleet Call) in 1987 and served as Chairman of the Board through 1996. From 1987 to 1994, Mr. O’Brien also served as General Counsel of Nextel. Mr. O’Brien was with the firm of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue from January 1986 to January 1990, during which time he served as the partner-in-charge of the firm’s telecommunications practice. Mr. O’Brien also served as a consultant to Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue from January 1990 to October 1991. From June 1979 until April 1987, Mr. O’Brien was in private legal practice and represented major specialized mobile radio operators in proceedings before the Federal Communications Commission. From October 1970 to June 1979, Mr. O’Brien served in a variety of legal and managerial positions with the FCC in the areas of private radio and radio common carrier administration. Mr. O’Brien began his career as a lawyer with the Mobile Services Division of the FCC in 1970 where he assisted in establishing the rules and procedures for all land mobile services. Mr. O’Brien currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of The Field School in Washington, DC, and is also a member of the law board of Northwestern University School of Law. Mr. O’Brien received an A.B. in Classical Studies from Georgetown University and a J.D. from Northwestern University.

Alex Mandl has served as a Special Advisor to us since January 2005. Since September 2002, Mr. Mandl has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Gemplus International S.A. (NASDAQ:GEMP), a leading provider of smart card technologies serving the wireless, financial services, identification and security markets, and, since October 2002, as a Director of Gemplus International. From April 2001 through August 2002,

Mr. Mandl was a principal in ASM Investments focusing on technology investments. From 1996 to March 2001, Mr. Mandl served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Teligent Inc., a company he started in 1996 which offered the business markets an alternative to the local Bell Companies for telecommunication/internet services. With the collapse of the new competitive local exchange carrier industry and the closing of the capital markets for this sector, on May 21, 2001, Teligent filed for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Mandl was with AT&T where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer with responsibility for long distance, wireless, local communications and internet services. Prior to this position, Mr. Mandl was AT&T’s Chief Financial Officer. Between 1987 and 1991, Mr. Mandl was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sea-Land Services, Inc., a provider of ocean transport services. In 1980, he joined Seaboard Coastline Industries, a diversified transportation company, as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Mandl began his career in 1969, when he joined Boise Cascade Corp. as a merger and acquisition analyst, and he held various financial positions during the next eleven years. Mr. Mandl serves on the boards of Dell Inc. (NASDAQ:DELL), the Walter A. Haas School of Business at the University of California at Berkeley, Willamette University and the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research. Mr. Mandl holds a B.A. in economics from Willamette University in Salem, Oregon and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Lior Samuelson, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of David Ballarini, will expire at the second annual meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Rhodric Hackman and H. Brian Thompson, will expire at the third annual meeting.

These individuals will play a key role in identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating its acquisition. We believe that the skills and expertise of these individuals, their collective access to acquisition opportunities and ideas, their contacts, and their transactional expertise should enable them to successfully identify and effect an acquisition.

Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered. Commencing on the effective date of this prospectus through the acquisition of a target business, we will pay Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini, a fee of $7,500 per month for providing us with office space and certain office and administrative services. However, this arrangement is solely for our benefit and is not intended to provide any of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini compensation in lieu of a salary. No other executive officer or director has a relationship with or interest in Mercator Capital L.L.C. Other than this $7,500 per-month fee, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to any of our officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with a business combination. However, our officers and directors will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Because none of our directors will be deemed “independent,” we will generally not have the benefit of independent directors examining the propriety of expenses incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement.

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

•

None of our officers and directors are required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities.

•

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. They may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. For a complete description of our management’s other affiliations, see the previous section entitled “Directors and Executive Officers.”

•

Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us.

•

Since our directors own warrants that are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale until a business combination is successfully completed or the trust fund is distributed to our Class B stockholders, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination.

•

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, and completing a business combination in a timely manner.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

•

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

•

the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

•

it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has agreed, until the earlier of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders, or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to us for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have.

To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our officers and directors unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view.

Prior Involvement of Principals in Blank Check Companies

Mr. Hackman is our only officer or director that has been a principal of another company that has completed an offering similar to this offering and executed a business plan similar to our business plan. Mr. Hackman

directed the completion of a public offering of HB Communications Acquisition Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire an operating business in the communications industry, on June 30, 1993, which raised gross proceeds of $10.35 million at an offering price of $6.00 per unit.

From its inception until it completed its business combination with IT Network, Inc. on March 2, 1995, Mr. Hackman was HB Communications’ President, Treasurer and a member of its board of directors. During this period, Mr. Hackman did not receive any salary for his services to HB Communications. However, Hackman, Baring & Co. Incorporated, an affiliate of Mr. Hackman’s, received a $5,000 per month fee from HB Communications for use of office space and administrative services. Pursuant to the merger agreement with IT Network, all of the outstanding shares of common and preferred stock of IT Network were converted into the right to receive a total of 13,393,984 shares of HB Communications’ common stock. At the time of the business combination, Mr. Hackman held 165,250 shares of HB Communications, including 75,000 shares which were held by Hackman, Baring & Co. Incorporated. In connection with the business combination, HB Communications changed its name to Source Media, Inc. Mr. Hackman remained as a director on the board of Source Media until April 1997, at which time he resigned. During this period, Mr. Hackman did not receive any salary for his services to Source Media. Source Media was a producer of media content and its securities were traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol SRCM until March 2002 when it sold substantially all of its assets and effectively terminated its operations.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to effect a business combination or that the type of business or the performance of the target business, if any, will be similar to that of Source Media.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and Class B common stock as of January 24, 2005, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock included in the Series A units and our Class B common stock included in the Series B units offered by this prospectus (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering), by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock; each of our special advisors, officers and directors; and all our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.


Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Common Stock							Class B Common Stock
	Before Offering				After Offering			Before Offering		After Offering
	Number		Percent		Number		Percent	Number	Percent	Number	Percent
H. Brian Thompson 1950 Old Gallows Road, Vienna, Virginia 22182	25	⁽¹⁾	25	%	25	⁽¹⁾	*	—	—	—	—
Rhodric C. Hackman ⁽²⁾	25	⁽³⁾	25	%	25	⁽³⁾	*	—	—	—	—
Lior Samuelson ⁽²⁾	25	⁽⁴⁾	25	%	25	⁽⁴⁾	*	—	—	—	—
David Ballarini ⁽²⁾	25	⁽⁵⁾	25	%	25	⁽⁵⁾	*	—	—	—	—
Morgan E. O’Brien ⁽²⁾	⁽⁶	⁾	*		⁽⁶	⁾	*	—	—	—	—
Alex Mandl ⁽²⁾	⁽⁷	⁾	*		⁽⁷	⁾	*	—	—	—	—
All executive officers and directors as a group (4 persons)	100	⁽⁸⁾	100	%	100	⁽⁸⁾	*	—	—	—	—

*	Less than 1%.

(1)

Includes 25 shares of common stock owned by Universal Telecommunications, Inc. Mr. Thompson is the Chief Executive Officer and majority shareholder of Universal Telecommunications, Inc. The shares of Universal Telecommunications, Inc. not held by Mr. Thompson are owned by members of his family. Does not include 1,212,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Universal Telecommunications, Inc. which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

(2)	The beneficial owner’s address is c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080, Reston, Virginia 20190.

(3)

Includes 25 shares of common stock owned by the Hackman Family Trust. Mr. Hackman and his spouse are the trustees of the Hackman Family Trust, the beneficiaries of which are members of the Hackman family. Does not include 990,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by the Hackman Family Trust which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days. Also does not include 667,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mercator Capital L.L.C. which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

(4)

Does not include 990,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mr. Samuelson which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days. Also does not include 667,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mercator Capital L.L.C. which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

(5)

Does not include 990,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mr. Ballarini which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days. Also does not include 667,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mercator Capital L.L.C. which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

(6)	Does not include 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mr. O’Brien which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

(7)	Does not include 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants held by Mr. Mandl which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

(8)	Does not include 4,950,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Class W and Class Z warrants which are not exercisable and will not be exercisable within the next 60 days.

Messrs. Thompson, Hackman, Samuelson, and Ballarini may be deemed to be our “parents” and “promoters,” as these terms are defined under the Federal securities laws.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we issued 100 shares of common stock for $500 in cash, or a purchase price of $5.00 per share. We also issued 2,475,000 Class W warrants and 2,475,000 Class Z warrants for $247,500 in cash, at a purchase price of $0.05 per warrant. These securities were issued to the individuals and entities set forth below, as follows:


Name	Number of Shares of Common Stock		Number of Class W Warrants		Number of Class Z Warrants		Relationship to Us
H. Brian Thompson	25	⁽¹⁾	618,750	⁽¹⁾	618,750	⁽¹⁾	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Rhodric C. Hackman	25	⁽²⁾	495,000	⁽²⁾⁽³⁾	495,000	⁽²⁾⁽³⁾	President, Secretary and Director

Lior Samuelson	25		495,000	⁽³⁾	495,000	⁽³⁾	Executive Vice President and Director

David Ballarini	25		495,000	⁽³⁾	495,000	⁽³⁾	Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

Mercator Capital L.L.C.	—		371,250		371,250		Warrant holder

(1)	Shares and warrants were acquired and are held by Universal Telecommunications, Inc.

(2)	Shares and warrants were acquired and are held by the Hackman Family Trust.

(3)	Does not include 371,250 Class W warrants and 371,250 Class Z warrants purchased by Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini.

Subsequent to the purchase by the individuals and entities of the securities referenced in the above table, Mercator Capital and Universal Telecommunications sold at fair market value, in the aggregate, 25,000 Class W warrants and 25,000 Class Z warrants to each of Mr. O’Brien and Mr. Mandl.

Each of the current holders of our securities has agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement between us and HCFP/Brenner Securities, not to sell any of the foregoing securities until the earlier of our completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund.

Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini, has agreed that, commencing on the effective date of this prospectus through the acquisition of a target business, it will make available to us a small amount of office space and certain office and administrative services, as we may require from time to time. We have agreed to pay Mercator Capital L.L.C. $7,500 per month for these services. Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini are each principals of and, in the aggregate, 95% owners of Mercator Capital L.L.C. Consequently, each of Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini will benefit from this transaction to the extent of their interests in Mercator Capital L.L.C. However, this arrangement is solely for our benefit and is not intended to provide Messrs. Hackman, Samuelson and Ballarini compensation in lieu of a salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, that the fees charged by Mercator Capital L.L.C. is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. However, as our directors may not be deemed “independent,” we did not have the benefit of disinterested directors approving this transaction.

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of accountable out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us, which will be reviewed only by our board or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.

Other than the $7,500 per-month administrative fee payable to Mercator Capital, L.L.C., and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses payable to our officers and directors, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finders and consulting fees, will be paid to any of our officers or directors, or to any of their respective affiliates for services rendered to us prior to or with respect to the business combination.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates, including loans by our officers and directors, will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties and such transactions or loans, including any forgiveness of loans, will require prior approval in each instance by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

We are authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.0001, 12,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $.0001, and 5,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.0001. As of the date of this prospectus, 100 shares of our common stock are outstanding, held by four recordholders. No shares of our Class B common stock or preferred stock are currently outstanding.

Units

Each Series A unit consists of two shares of common stock, five Class W warrants and five Class Z warrants. Each Series B unit consists of two shares of Class B common stock, one Class W warrant and one Class Z warrant. Each Class W warrant and each Class Z warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock. The common stock and warrants will begin to trade separately on the 90 ^th day after the date of this prospectus unless HCFP/Brenner Securities informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided that in no event may the common stock and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited financial statements reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which will include audited financial statements upon the consummation of this offering. The audited financial statements will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.

Common Stock

We have two classes of common stock. Holders of common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders other than a vote in connection with a proposed business combination. Only holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to vote in connection with a proposed business combination. In the event of a business combination, all outstanding Class B common stock will be automatically converted into common stock unless the holder exercises the conversion rights described elsewhere herein. In the event we are unable to complete a business combination, the trust fund will be distributed to the holders of our Class B common stock and all then outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be automatically cancelled. Accordingly, following the completion of a business combination or the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders, we will have only one class of common stock outstanding.

We will proceed with a business combination only if the holders of a majority of the Class B shares cast at the meeting to approve the business combination vote in favor of the business combination and Class B stockholders owning less than 20% of the Class B shares sold in this offering exercise conversion rights discussed elsewhere herein. In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our officers and directors who purchase Class B shares in this offering or following this offering in the open market, may vote their Class B shares in any manner they determine, in their sole discretion.

There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

If we do not complete a business combination within 12 months after the completion of this offering, or within 18 months if the extension criteria described below have been satisfied, we will distribute to all of our Class B stockholders, in proportion to the number of Class B shares held by each stockholder, an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust fund, inclusive of any interest, and all then outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be automatically cancelled. Holders of our common stock will not be entitled to receive any of the proceeds held in the trust fund. However, any remaining net assets following the distribution of the trust fund will be available for our use. Other than the automatic conversion of Class B common to common discussed above, our stockholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking

fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock, except that Class B stockholders have the right to have their shares of Class B common stock converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust fund if they vote against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Class B stockholders who convert their stock into their share of the trust fund still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 5,000 shares of blank check preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock, although the underwriting agreement prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing preferred stock which participates in any manner in the proceeds of the trust fund, or which votes as a class with the Class B common stock on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business combination. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Warrants

We currently have Class W and Class Z warrants outstanding.

Each Class W warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of (a) , 2006 [one year from the date of this prospectus] or (b) the earlier of:

•

the completion of a business combination; or

•

the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders.

The Class W warrants will expire five years from the date of this prospectus at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

We may call the Class W warrants (except as set forth below), with HCFP/Brenner Securities’ prior consent, for redemption,

•

in whole and not in part,

•

at a price of $.05 per Class W warrant at any time after the Class W warrants become exercisable,

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Class W warrantholder, and

•

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $7.50 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to the Class W warrantholders.

The Class W warrants outstanding prior to this offering, all of which are held by our officers and directors or their affiliates, shall not be redeemable by us as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.

Each Class Z warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of (a) , 2006 [one year from the date of this prospectus] or (b) the earlier of:

•

the completion of a business combination; or

•

the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders.

The Class Z warrants will expire seven years from the date of this prospectus at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

We may call the Class Z warrants (except as set forth below), with HCFP/Brenner Securities’ prior consent, for redemption,

•

in whole and not in part,

•

at a price of $.05 per Class Z warrant at any time after the Class Z warrants become exercisable,

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Class Z warrantholder, and

•

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $8.75 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to the Class Z warrantholders.

The Class Z warrants outstanding prior to this offering, all of which are held by our officers and directors or their affiliates, shall not be redeemable by us as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.

The Class W and Class Z warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Class W and Class Z warrants.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Class W and Class Z warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below their respective exercise prices.

The Class W and Class Z warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The Class W and Class Z warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. The warrants may be deprived of any value and the market for the warrants may be limited if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters an option to purchase up to a total of 25,000 Series A units at a per-unit price of $ and/or 230,000 Series B units at a per-unit price of $ . For a more complete description of the purchase option, including the terms of the units underlying the option, see the section below entitled “Underwriting — Purchase Option.”

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of dividends in the future will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our securities and warrant agent for our warrants is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering, we will have 1,000,100 shares of common stock outstanding, or 1,150,100 shares of common stock if the representative’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and 9,200,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, or 10,580,000 shares of Class B common stock if the representative’s over-allotment is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 1,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering, or 1,150,000 shares of common stock if the over-allotment option is exercised, and 9,200,000 shares of Class B common stock sold in this offering, or 10,580,000 shares of Class B common stock if the over-allotment option is exercised, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 100 shares of common stock are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. None of those will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 prior to January , 2006.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

•

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal 10,000 shares of common stock and 92,000 shares of Class B common stock immediately after this offering (or 11,500 and 105,800 if the representative of the underwriters exercises its over-allotment option); and

•

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock or the Class B common stock, as applicable, during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of or at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell their shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

SEC Position on Rule 144 Sales

The Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that promoters or affiliates of a blank check company and their transferees, both before and after a business combination, would act as an “underwriter” under the Securities Act when reselling the securities of a blank check company. Accordingly, the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that those securities can be resold only through a registered offering and that Rule 144 would not be available for those resale transactions despite technical compliance with the requirements of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

The holders of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and Class W and Class Z Warrants on the date of this prospectus will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register their shares of common stock, their warrants and the shares of common stock underlying their warrants. The holders of the majority of these securities can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after the consummation of a business combination. In addition, these stockholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed subsequent to such date. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

UNDERWRITING

In accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named below, and each of the underwriters, for which HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC is acting as representative, have severally, and not jointly, agreed to purchase on a firm commitment basis the number of units offered in this offering set forth opposite their respective names below:


Underwriters	Number of Series A Units	Number of Series B Units
HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC.




Total	500,000	4,600,000

A copy of the underwriting agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

State Blue Sky Information

We will offer and sell the units to retail customers only in Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, New York and Rhode Island. In New York and Hawaii, we have relied on exemptions from the state registration requirements for transactions between an issuer and an underwriter involving a firm-commitment underwritten offering. In the other states, we have applied to have the units registered for sale and will not sell the units in these states until such registration is effective (including in Colorado, pursuant to 11-51-302(6) of the Colorado Revised Statutes).

If you are not an institutional investor, you may purchase our securities in this offering only in the jurisdictions described directly above. Institutional investors in every state except in Idaho and South Dakota may purchase the units in this offering pursuant to exemptions provided to such entities under the Blue Sky laws of various states. The definition of an “institutional investor” varies from state to state but generally includes financial institutions, broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other qualified entities.

Under the National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, the resale of the units, from and after the effective date, and the common stock, Class B common Stock, Class W and Class Z warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, are exempt from state registration requirements because we will file periodic and annual reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. However, states are permitted to require notice filings and collect fees with regard to these transactions and a state may suspend the offer and sale of securities within such state if any such required filing is not made or fee is not paid. The following states do not presently require any notice filings or fee payments and permit the resale of the units, and the common stock, Class B common stock, Class W and Class Z warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable:

•

Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Indiana, Louisiana, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Utah, Virginia, Washington, and Wisconsin.

Additionally, the following states permit the resale of the units, and the common stock and warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, if the proper notice filings have been made and fees paid:

•

Delaware, the District of Columbia, Kansas, Maryland, Michigan, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas and Vermont.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not determined in which, if any, of these states we will submit the required filings or pay the required fee. If any of these states that has not yet adopted a statute relating to the

National Securities Markets Improvement Act adopts such a statute in the future requiring a filing or fee or if any state amends its existing statutes with respect to its requirements, we would need to comply with those new requirements in order for the securities to continue to be eligible for resale in those jurisdictions.

Despite the exemption from state registration provided by the National Securities Markets Improvement Act, described above, the following states, regardless of whether they require a filing to be made or fee to be paid, have advised us that they do not recognize this act as a basis for exempting the registration of resales in their states of securities issued in blank check offerings:

•

Alaska, Arkansas, California, Illinois, Iowa, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, Puerto Rico, Tennessee, West Virginia and Wyoming.

We do not intend to register the resale of the securities sold in this offering in these states.

However, we believe that the units, from and after the effective date, and the common stock, Class B common stock, Class W and Class Z warrants comprising the units, once they become separately transferable, will be eligible for sale on a secondary market basis in each of the following states, without any notice filings or fee payments, based upon the availability of another applicable exemption from the state’s registration requirements:

•

immediately in Delaware, the District of Columbia, Illinois, Kentucky, Maryland and Rhode Island;

•

commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus in Iowa and New Mexico; and

•

commencing 180 days from the date of this prospectus in Massachusetts.

Idaho and South Dakota have informed us that they do not permit the resale in their states of securities issued in blank check offerings, without exception. We will amend this prospectus for the purpose of disclosing additional states, if any, which advise us that our securities will be eligible for secondary trading without registration.

Pricing of Securities

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters propose to offer the Series A and Series B units to the public at the initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. They may allow some dealers concessions not in excess of $ per Series A unit and $ per Series B unit and the dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of $ per Series A unit and $ per Series B unit to other dealers.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the representative. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

•

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

•

prior offerings of those companies;

•

our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

•

our capital structure;

•

an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

•

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

•

other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriters are unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry.

Over-Allotment Option

We have also granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable during the 45-day period commencing on the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us at the offering price, less underwriting discounts, up to an aggregate of 75,000 additional Series A units and/or 690,000 additional Series B units for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. The over-allotment option will only be used to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. The underwriters may exercise that option if the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above. If any units underlying the option are purchased, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount to be paid by us to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.


	Per Series A unit		Per Series B unit		Without option		With option
Public offering price	$	10.500	$	10.100	$	51,710,000	$	59,466,500
Discount	$	0.630	$	0.606	$	3,102,600	$	3,567,990
Non Accountable Expense Allowance ⁽¹⁾	$	0.105	$	0.101	$	517,100	$	517,100
Proceeds before expenses ⁽²⁾	$	9.765	$	9.393	$	48,090,300	$	55,381,410

(1)	The non-accountable expense allowance is not payable with respect to the units sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(2)	The offering expenses are estimated at $305,000.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to the representative, for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 25,000 Series A units and/or 230,000 Series B units. The Series A and Series B units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus, except that the exercise price of the warrants included in the units are $5.50 per share (110% of the exercise price of the warrants included in the units sold to the public) and the Class Z warrants shall be exercisable by the representative for a period of only five years from the date of this prospectus. This option is exercisable at $ per Series A unit and $ per Series B unit commencing on the later of (a) one year from the date of this prospectus or (b) the earlier of the completion of a business combination with a target business, or the distribution of the trust fund to the Class B stockholders and expiring five years from the date of this prospectus. The option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period following the date of this prospectus. However, the option may be transferred to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part of, the option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of Series A and Series B units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

Warrant Solicitation Fee

We have engaged HCFP/Brenner Securities, the representative of the underwriters, on a non-exclusive basis, as our agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants. To the extent not inconsistent with the guidelines of the NASD and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we have agreed to pay the representative for bona fide services rendered a commission equal to 5% of the exercise price for each Class W and Class Z warrant exercised more than one year after the date of this prospectus if the exercise was solicited by the underwriters. In addition to soliciting, either orally or in writing, the exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants, the representative’s services may also include disseminating information, either orally or in writing, to warrantholders about us or the market for our securities, and assisting in the processing of the exercise of warrants. No compensation will be paid to the representative upon the exercise of the Class W and Class Z warrants if:

•

the market price of the underlying shares of common stock is lower than the exercise price;

•

the holder of the warrants has not confirmed in writing that the underwriters solicited the exercise;

•

the warrants are held in a discretionary account;

•

the warrants are exercised in an unsolicited transaction; or

•

the arrangement to pay the commission is not disclosed in the prospectus provided to warrantholders at the time of exercise.

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase our securities before the distribution of the securities is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

•

Stabilizing Transactions . The underwriters may make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our securities, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

•

Over-Allotments and Syndicate Coverage Transactions . The underwriters may create a short position in our securities by selling more of our securities than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters create a short position during the offering, the representative may engage in syndicate covering transactions by purchasing our securities in the open market. The representative may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option.

•

Penalty Bids . The representative may reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the securities to be higher than they would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the prices of the securities if it discourages resales of the securities.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of the securities. These transactions may occur on the OTC Bulletin Board, in the over-the-counter market or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Other Terms

We have granted the representative the right to have its designee present at all meetings of our board of directors for a period of five years from the date of this prospectus. The designee will be entitled to the same

notices and communications sent by us to our directors and to attend directors’ meetings, but will not have voting rights. The representative has not named a designee as of the date of this prospectus.

We have engaged the representative to act as our investment banker in connection with our business combination. We will pay the representative a cash fee at the closing of our business combination for assisting us in structuring and negotiating the terms of the transaction equal to 5% of the first $5 million of total consideration paid in connection with the business combination and an additional 4% on all consideration over $5 million, with a maximum fee to be paid of $500,000. Except as set forth above, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage the representative or any of the other underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, but if we do, we may pay the underwriters fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation where the terms would be fair and reasonable to each of the interested parties; provided that except as set forth above with respect to the representative acting as our investment banker, no agreement with the representative will be entered into and no fee will be paid prior to the one year anniversary of the date of this prospectus.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in this respect.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus are being passed upon for us by Eaton & Van Winkle, LLP, New York, New York. Graubard Miller, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. as of January 12, 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 3, 2005 (inception) to January 12, 2005, included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been included herein in reliance upon the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.’s ability to continue as a going concern, of J.H. Cohn LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

INDEX


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2

Financial Statements:

Balance Sheet, January 12, 2005		F-3

Statement of Operations, for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005		F-4

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005		F-5

Statement of Cash Flows, for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) through January 12, 2005		F-6

Notes to Financial Statements		F-7 – F-9

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. as of January 12, 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. as of January 12, 2005, and its results of operations and cash flows for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has no present revenue, its business plan is dependent on completion of a financing and the Company’s cash and working capital as of January 12, 2005 are not sufficient to complete its planned activities for the upcoming year. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ J. H. Cohn LLP

Great Neck, New York

January 21, 2005

F-2

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Balance Sheet

January 12, 2005


ASSETS

Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents	$	248,027

Deferred registration costs		50,500

Total		298,527


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current Liabilities:

Accrued offering costs		50,500
Accrued expenses		7,000

Total current liabilities		57,500


Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders’ Equity:

Preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued		—

Common stock, par value $.0001 per share, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding		—

Common stock, Class B, par value $.0001 per share, 12,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued		—

Additional paid-in-capital		248,000

Accumulated deficit		(6,973	)

Total stockholders’ equity		241,027

Total	$	298,527

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-3

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Operations

From inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005


Revenue	$	—
Operating Expenses:

Formation and operating costs		7,000

Loss from operations		(7,000	)

Interest income		27

Net Loss		(6,973	)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted		100

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted	$	(69.73	)

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-4

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

From inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005


	Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares	Amount		Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Total
Balance, January 3, 2005 (inception)	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—

Issuance of Common Stock for Cash	100		—		500		—			500

Issuance of 4,950,000 Warrants for Cash at $0.05 Per Warrant	—		—		247,500		—			247,500

Net Loss	—		—		—		(6,973	)		(6,973	)

Balance, January 12, 2005	100	$	—	$	248,000	$	(6,973	)	$	241,027

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-5

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Cash Flows

For the period from inception (January 3, 2005) to January 12, 2005


OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net loss	$	(6,973	)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

Increase in accrued offering costs		50,500

Increase in accrued expenses		7,000

Net cash provided by operating activities		50,527

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from sales of common stock		500

Proceeds from sales of warrants		247,500

Deferred registration costs		(50,500	)

Net cash provided by financing activities		197,500

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		248,027

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Beginning of period		—

End of period	$	248,027

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-6

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 —

DISCUSSION OF THE COMPANY’S ACTIVITIES; GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATION

Organization and activities — Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on January 3, 2005 as a blank check company whose objective is to raise money and acquire an operating business. All activity from inception (January 3, 2005) through January 12, 2005 relates to the Company’s formation and capital raising activities.

The Company’s plans call for it to raise $51,710,000 in a public offering of its securities in which it would propose to issue common stock, Class B common stock and warrants of various terms (“Proposed Offering”). It is expected that the Company’s management would have broad authority with respect to the application of the proceeds of such offering although substantially all of the proceeds of such offering are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a merger with or acquisition of an operating business (a “Business Combination”) which is believed to have significant growth potential. Pending such a Business Combination, substantially all of the proceeds of any initial public offering would be held in trust (“Trust Fund”) to be returned to the holders of Class B common stock if a Business Combination is not contracted in 12 months, or consummated in 18 months, subsequent to the initial public offering (the “Target Business Acquisition Period”).

Both the common stock and the Class B common stock have one vote per share. However, the Class B stockholders may, and the common stockholders may not, vote in connection with a Business Combination. Further, should a Business Combination not be consummated during the Target Business Acquisition Period, the Trust Fund would be distributed pro-rata to all of the Class B common stockholders and their Class B common shares would be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, is obliged to submit such transaction for approval by a majority of the Class B common stockholders of the Company. Class B stockholders that vote against such proposed Business Combination are, under certain conditions, entitled to convert their shares into a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Fund (the “Conversion Right”). In the event that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock vote for the approval of the Business Combination and that holders owning 20% or more of the outstanding Class B common stock do not exercise their Conversion Rights, the Business Combination may then be consummated. Upon completion of such Business Combination and the payment of any Conversion Rights (and related cancellation of Class B common stock), the remaining shares of Class B common stock would be converted to common stock.

Going concern consideration — As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at January 12, 2005, the Company had approximately $248,000 in cash and working capital of approximately $191,000, excluding deferred offering costs of $50,500. Further, the Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These factors, among others, indicate that the Company may be unable to continue operations as a going concern unless the Proposed Offering is consummated.

Management’s plans to address this uncertainty are discussed above. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful or successful within the Target Business Acquisition Period. No adjustments have been made in the accompanying financial statements to the amounts and classification of assets and liabilities which could result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 2 —

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Included in cash and cash equivalents are deposits with financial institutions as well as short-term money market instruments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.

F-7

Concentration of Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. However, management believes the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

Net Loss Per Common Share — Net loss per common share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock and Class B common stock outstanding.

Basic earnings (loss) per common share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Since the effect of outstanding warrants to purchase 4,950,000 shares of common stock is antidilutive, they have been excluded from the Company’s computation of net loss per common share. Therefore, basic and diluted loss per common share were the same for the period from inception (January 3, 2005) through January 12, 2005.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The fair values of the Company’s assets and liabilities that qualify as financial instruments under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 107 approximate their carrying amounts presented in the balance sheet at January 12, 2005.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can, and in many cases will, differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes — Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts and are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

New Accounting Pronouncements — The Company does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

NOTE 3 —

INCOME TAXES

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts and are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to effect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Significant components of the Company’s future tax assets are as follows:


Tax effect of the operating loss carryforward	$	2,000
Other deferred tax assets		800
Less valuation allowance		(2,800	)

Total	$	—

F-8

The Company estimates that it has incurred approximately $5,000 in net taxable losses from inception (January 3, 2005) through January 12, 2005. Management believes that these losses will be available to offset future taxable income. It has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets because it believes it is not more likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be realized during the carry-forward period to utilize the deferred tax asset. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent upon many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the loss carry-forward period, which runs through 2025.

NOTE 4 —

COMMITMENTS

The Company has agreed to pay Mercator Capital L.L.C., an affiliate of a stockholder, $7,500 per month, commencing on consummation of the Proposed Offering, for office, secretarial and administrative services.

NOTE 5 —

PREFERRED STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000 shares of Preferred Stock with such designations, voting, and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

NOTE 6 —

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

In January 2005, the Company issued to its shareholders Class W warrants to purchase 2,475,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, and Class Z warrants to purchase 2,475,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $247,500, or $0.05 per warrant.

Except as set forth below, the Class W warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares at $5.00 for a period commencing on the later of: (a) one year from the consummation of a public offering of the Company’s securities and (b) completion of the Business Combination or distribution of the escrow funds to the Class B stockholders, and ending five years from the date of the public offering.

Except as set forth below, the Class Z warrants are callable, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, and entitle the holder to purchase shares at $5.00 for a period commencing on the later of: (a) one year from the consummation of a public offering of the Company’s securities and (b) completion of the Business Combination or distribution of the escrow funds to the Class B stockholders, and ending seven years from the date of the public offering.

The Class W warrants and Class Z warrants outstanding prior to the public offering, all of which are held by the Company’s officers and directors or their affiliates, shall not be redeemable by the Company as long as such warrants continue to be held by such individuals.

F-9

Until , 2005, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.

Table Of Contents


		Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Summary Financial Data		7
Risk Factors		8
Use of Proceeds		17
Dilution		19
Capitalization		20
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		21
Proposed Business		23
Management		32
Principal Stockholders		37
Certain Transactions		38
Description of Securities		40
Underwriting		45
Legal Matters		49
Experts		49
Where You Can Find Additional Information		49
Index to Financial Statements		F-1

$51,710,000

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

500,000 Series A Units

4,600,000 Series B Units

PROSPECTUS

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

, 2005

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions and the Representative’s non-accountable expense allowance) will be as follows:


Initial Trustees’ fee	$	1,000.00	⁽¹⁾
SEC Registration Fee		17,571.14
NASD filing fee		15,428.77
Accounting fees and expenses		35,000.00
Printing and engraving expenses		50,000.00
Directors & Officers liability insurance premiums		60,000.00	⁽²⁾
Legal fees and expenses		85,000.00
Blue sky services and expenses		50,000.00
Miscellaneous		52,000.09	⁽³⁾

Total	$	366,000.00

(1)

In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, the registrant will be required to pay to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company annual fees of $3,000 for acting as trustee, $4,800 for acting as transfer agent of the registrant’s common stock and Class B common stock and $2,400 for acting as warrant agent for the registrant’s Class W and Class Z warrants.

(2)	This amount represents the approximate amount of Director and Officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the consummation of its initial public offering and until it consummates a business combination.

(3)	This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the registrant in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our certificate of incorporation and by laws provide that all directors and officers of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the registrant may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law all employees of the registrant. Our by-laws provide that, if authorized by the board of directors, the registrant may indemnify any other person whom it has the power to indemnify under section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Paragraph B of Article Ninth of our certificate of incorporation provides:

“The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is a was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer as the request of the Corporation or predecessor Corporation.”

Paragraph C of Article Ninth of our certificate of incorporation provides:

“The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was an employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.”

II-1

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.

“Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.

(a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or

II-2

officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

(h) For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the

II-3

securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, we have agreed to indemnify the Underwriter and the Underwriter has agreed to indemnify us against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

(a) During the past three years, we sold the following shares of common stock, Class W warrants and Class Z warrants without registration under the Securities Act:


Name	Number of Shares of Common Stock	Number of Class W Warrants	Number of Class Z Warrants
Universal Telecommunications, Inc.	25	618,750	618,750
The Hackman Family Trust	25	495,000	495,000
Lior Samuelson	25	495,000	495,000
David Ballarini	25	495,000	495,000
Mercator Capital L.L.C.	—	371,250	371,250

The shares of common stock, Class W and Class Z warrants were issued on January 6, 2005 in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as they were sold to sophisticated, wealthy individuals. The shares of common stock were sold at a purchase price of $5.00 per share for $500 and the Class W and Class Z warrants were sold at a purchase price of $0.05 per warrant for $247,500. Subsequent to the purchase by the individuals and entities of the securities referenced in the above table, Mercator Capital and Universal Telecommunications sold at fair market value, in the aggregate, 25,000 Class W warrants and 25,000 Class Z warrants to each of Mr. Morgan O’Brien and Mr. Alex Mandl. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

II-4

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:


Exhibit No.		Description

1.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement.

1.2		Form of Selected Dealers Agreement.

3.1		Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2		By-laws.

4.1		Specimen Series A Unit Certificate.

4.2		Specimen Series B Unit Certificate.

4.3		Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

4.4		Specimen Class B Common Stock Certificate.

4.5		Specimen Class W Warrant Certificate.

4.6		Specimen Class Z Warrant Certificate.

4.7		Form of Unit Purchase Option to be granted to Representative

4.8		Form of Warrant Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.

5.1		Opinion of Eaton & Van Winkle.

10.1		Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Rhodric C. Hackman.

10.2		Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Lior Samuelson.

10.3		Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and David Ballarini.

10.4		Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and H. Brian Thompson.

10.5		Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Alex Mandl.

10.6		Letter Agreement among the Registrant, HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC and Morgan O’Brien.

10.7		Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.

10.8		Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Initial Stockholders.

10.9		Form of Letter Agreement between Mercator Capital L.L.C. and Registrant regarding administrative support.

23.1		Consent of J.H. Cohn LLP.

23.2		Consent of Eaton & Van Winkle (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24		Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).

II-5

Item 17.

Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

ii. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

iii. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 25th day of January, 2005.


MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:		H. B RIAN T HOMPSON
		H. Brian Thompson
		Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints H. Brian Thompson and Rhodric C. Hackman his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Name	Position	Date

/ S / H. B RIAN T HOMPSON H. Brian Thompson	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal executive and financial and accounting officer)	January 25, 2005

/ S / R HODRIC C. H ACKMAN Rhodric C. Hackman	President, Secretary and Director	January 25, 2005

/ S / D AVID B ALLARINI David Ballarini	Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	January 25, 2005

/ S / L IOR S AMUELSON Lior Samuelson	Executive Vice President and Director	January 25, 2005

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

between

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

and

HCFP/BRENNER SECURITIES LLC

Dated: , 2005

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

New York, New York

, 2005

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue

17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned, Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), hereby confirms its agreement with HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (being referred to herein variously as “you,” “Brenner” or the “Representative”) and with the other underwriters named on Schedule I hereto for which Brenner is acting as Representative (the Representative and the other Underwriters being collectively called the “Underwriters” or, individually, an “Underwriter”) as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of Securities .

1.1 Firm Securities .

1.1.1 Purchase of Firm Units . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell, severally and not jointly, to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of 500,000 Series A Units (“Series A Units”) and 4,600,000 Series B Units (“Series B Units” and together with the Series A Units, the “Firm Units”) of the Company, at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of $9.87 per Series A Unit and $9.494 per Series B Unit. The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Units set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule I attached hereto and made a part hereof at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of $9.87 per Series A Unit and $9.494 per Series B Unit. The Series A Units and Series B Units are to be offered initially to the public (“Offering”) at the offering price of $10.50 and $10.10 per Series A Unit and Series B Unit, respectively. Each Series A Unit consists of two shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), five Class W Warrants (“Class W Warrants”) and five Class Z Warrants (“Class Z Warrants” and together with the Class W Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each Series B Unit consists of two shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), one Class W Warrant and one Class Z Warrant. The shares of Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Firm Units will not be separately transferable until 90 days after the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof) unless Brenner informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will Brenner allow separate trading until the preparation of an audited balance sheet of the Company reflecting receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Offering and the filing of a Form 8-K by the Company which includes such balance sheet. Each Class W Warrant entitles its holder to exercise it to purchase one share of Common Stock for $5.00 during the period commencing on the later of (i) one year from the Effective Date of the Registration Statement and (ii) the earlier of the consummation by the Company of its “Business Combination” or the distribution of the Trust Fund (defined below) to the holders of

the Class B Common Stock and terminating on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date. Each Class Z Warrant entitles its holder to exercise it to purchase one share of Common Stock for $5.00 during the period commencing on the later of (i) one year from the Effective Date of the Registration Statement and (ii) the earlier of the consummation by the Company of its Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund to the holders of the Class B Common Stock and terminating on the seven-year anniversary of the Effective Date. “Business Combination” shall mean any merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination consummated by the Company with an operating business (as described more fully in the Registration Statement).

1.1.2 Payment and Delivery . Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the third business day following the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the fourth business day following the effective date, if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:30 p.m.) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units are called “Closing Date.” Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date at the Representative’s election by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds or by certified or bank cashier’s check(s) in New York Clearing House funds, payable as follows: $46,460,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units shall be deposited in the trust fund established by the Company for the benefit of the public stockholders as described in the Registration Statement (“Trust Fund”) pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (“Trust Agreement”) and the remaining proceeds shall be paid to the order of the Company upon delivery to you of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two full business days prior to the Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Firm Units.

1.2 Over-Allotment Option .

1.2.1 Option Units . For the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Units, the Underwriters are hereby granted, severally and not jointly, an option to purchase up to an additional 75,000 Series A Units and/or 690,000 Series B Units from the Company (“Over-allotment Option”). Such additional 75,000 Series A Units and/or 690,000 Series B Units are hereinafter referred to as “Option Units.” The Firm Units and the Option Units are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Units,” and the Units, the shares of Common Stock, shares of Class B Common Stock and Warrants included in the Units and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Public Securities.” The purchase price to be paid for the Option Units will be the same price per Option Unit as the price per Firm Unit set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.

1.2.2 Exercise of Option . The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Units within 45 days after the Effective Date. The Underwriters will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Units prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company by the Representative, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile transmission setting forth the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Units (the “Option Closing Date”), which will not be later than five full business days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriters; and, subject to the terms

and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Units specified in such notice.

1.2.3 Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Option Units shall be made on the Option Closing Date at the Representative’s election by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds or by certified or bank cashier’s check(s) in New York Clearing House funds, payable as follows: $10.10 per Series B Unit sold pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option shall be deposited in the Trust Fund pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the remaining proceeds shall be paid to the order of the Company upon delivery to you of certificates representing such securities (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The certificates representing the Option Units to be delivered will be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representative requests not less than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and will be made available to the Representative for inspection, checking and packaging at the aforesaid office of the Company’s transfer agent or correspondent not less than one full business day prior to such Closing Date.

1.3 Representative’s Purchase Option .

1.3.1 Purchase Option . The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Representative (and/or their designees) on the Effective Date an option (“Representative’s Purchase Option”) for the purchase of an aggregate of 25,000 Series A Units and/or 230,000 Series B Units (“Representative’s Units”) for an aggregate purchase price of $100. Each of the Representative’s Units is identical to the Firm Units except that the exercise price of the Warrants included in the Representative’s Units shall be $5.50 per share and the Class Z Warrants included in the Representative’s Units shall be exercisable by the Representative terminating on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date. The Representative’s Purchase Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on the later of (i) one year from the Effective Date and (ii) the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund to the holders of the Class B Common Stock and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date at an initial exercise price per Representative’s Unit of $ per Series A Unit and $ per Series B Unit. The Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Units, the Warrants underlying the Representative’s Units (the “Representative’s Warrants”) and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Representative’s Securities.” The Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Securities.” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions against transferring the Representative’s Purchase Option during the first year after the Effective Date, as set forth in Section 3 of the Representative’s Purchase Option.

1.3.2 Payment and Delivery . Delivery and payment for the Representative’s Purchase Option shall be made on the Closing Date. The Company shall deliver to the Underwriters, upon payment therefor, certificates for the Representative’s Purchase Option in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows:

2.1 Filing of Registration Statement .

2.1.1 Pursuant to the Act . The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) a registration statement and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333- ), including any related preliminary prospectus (“Preliminary Prospectus”), for the registration of the Public Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (“Regulations”) of the Commission under the Act.

Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement,” and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

2.1.2 Pursuant to the Exchange Act . The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 000- ) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), of the Series A Units, Series B Units, the Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants. The registration of the Series A Units, Series B Units, the Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

2.2 No Stop Orders, Etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued, or threatened to issue, any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or has instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

2.3 Disclosures in Registration Statement .

2.3.1 10b-5 Representation . At the time the Registration Statement becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and will in all material respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations; neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement thereto, on such dates, will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Securities or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.3.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

2.3.2 Disclosure of Agreements . The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and none of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

2.3.3 Prior Securities Transactions . No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company within the three years prior to the date hereof, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

2.3.4 Regulations . The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of Federal, State and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact.

2.4 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement .

2.4.1 No Material Adverse Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company, (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) no member of the Company’s management has resigned from any position with the Company.

2.4.2 Recent Securities Transactions, Etc. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its equity securities.

2.5 Independent Accountants . J. H. Cohn LLP (“J. H. Cohn”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, are independent accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations. J. H. Cohn has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

2.6 Financial Statements . The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The Registration Statement discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses.

2.7 Authorized Capital; Options; Etc. The Company had at the date or dates indicated in the Prospectus duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Class B Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible into shares of Common Stock or Class B Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

2.8 Valid Issuance of Securities; Etc .

2.8.1 Outstanding Securities . All issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized Common Stock and Class B Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such shares of Common Stock, exempt from such registration requirements.

2.8.2 Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement . The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement. When issued, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment of the respective exercise prices therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

2.9 Registration Rights of Third Parties . Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

2.10 Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements . This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21 hereof), the Trust Agreement and the Services Agreement (as defined in Section 3.7.2 hereof) have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and constitute, and the Representative’s Purchase Option, has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

2.11 No Conflicts, Etc . The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Trust Agreement and the Services Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party except pursuant to the Trust Agreement referred to in Section 2.23 hereof; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or business.

2.12 No Defaults; Violations . No material default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or in violation of any material franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

2.13 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

2.13.1 Conduct of Business . The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Prospectus. The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of federal, state and local regulation on this offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

2.13.2 Transactions Contemplated Herein . The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents,

authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option and the Trust Agreement and as contemplated by the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws.

2.14 D&O Questionnaires . To the best of the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (“Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the Offering (“Initial Stockholders”) and provided to the Underwriters as an exhibit to his or her Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.22.1) is true and correct and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the questionnaires completed by each Initial Stockholder to become inaccurate and incorrect.

2.15 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any Initial Stockholder which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Questionnaires.

2.16 Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of businesses requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

2.17 Stop Orders . The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or any part thereof.

2.18 Transactions Affecting Disclosure to NASD .

2.18.1 Finder’s Fees . Except as described in the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Initial Stockholder with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any Initial Stockholder that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”).

2.18.2 Payments Within Twelve Months . The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) (i) to any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company, (ii) to any NASD member or (iii) to any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any NASD member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than payments to Brenner.

2.18.3 Use of Proceeds . None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating NASD member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein and except as may be paid in connection with a Business Combination as contemplated by the Prospectus.

2.18.4 Insiders’ NASD Affiliation . Based on questionnaires distributed to such persons, except as set forth on Schedule 2.18.4, no officer, director or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered securities has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any NASD member. The Company will advise the Representative and its counsel if it learns that any officer, director or owner of at least 5% of the Company’s outstanding securities is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of an NASD member participating in the offering.

2.19 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any of the Initial Stockholders or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company as reflected in any of the financial statements contained in the Prospectus or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company. The Company’s internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

2.20. Officers’ Certificate . Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to your counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

2.21 Warrant Agreement . The Company has entered into one or more warrant agreements with respect to the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrants with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company substantially in the form(s) filed as exhibit(s) to the Registration Statement (“Warrant Agreements”), providing for, among other things, the payment of a warrant solicitation fee as contemplated by Section 3.9 hereof.

2.22 Agreements With Initial Stockholders .

2.22.1 Insider Letters . The Company has caused to be duly executed legally binding and enforceable agreements (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or noncompete provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought) annexed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6 to the Registration Statement (“Insider Letter”), pursuant to which each of the Initial Stockholders of the Company agree to certain matters, including but not limited to, certain matters described as being agreed to by them under the “Proposed Business” section of the Prospectus.

2.22.2 Lock-Up Agreements . The Company has caused to be duly executed legally binding and enforceable agreements pursuant to which all of the Initial Stockholders agree not to sell any of their Common Stock or Warrants, including any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrants, until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund (“Lock-Up Agreements”).

2.23 Investment Management Trust Agreement . The Company has entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

2.24 Covenants Not to Compete . No Initial Stockholder, employee, officer or director of the Company is subject to any noncompetition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be an Initial Stockholder, employee, officer and/or director of the Company.

2.25 Investments . No more than 45% of the “value” (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Act”)) of the Company’s total assets consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than “Government securities” (as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Act).

2.26 Subsidiaries . The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

2.27 Related Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

3.1 Amendments to Registration Statement . The Company will deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.

3.2 Federal Securities Laws .

3.2.1 Compliance . During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Public Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus. If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Public Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

3.2.2 Filing of Final Prospectus . The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

3.2.3 Exchange Act Registration . For a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Units, Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Warrants under the provisions of the Exchange Act. The Company will not deregister the Units under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of Brenner.

3.3 Blue Sky Filing . The Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the Representative, at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the Public

Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate, provided that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company would be subject to service of general process or to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction. In each jurisdiction where such qualification shall be effected, the Company will, unless the Representative agrees that such action is not at the time necessary or advisable, use all reasonable efforts to file and make such statements or reports at such times as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

3.4 Delivery to Underwriters of Prospectuses . The Company will deliver to each of the several Underwriters, without charge, from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act such number of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as such Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to you two original executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all original executed consents of certified experts.

3.5 Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative . The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose, (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose, (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus, (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission, and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in Section 3.4 hereof that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

3.6 Review of Financial Statements . For a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of quarterly financial information, the filing of the Company’s Form 10-Q quarterly report and the mailing of quarterly financial information to stockholders.

3.7 Affiliated Transactions .

3.7.1 Business Combinations . The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity which is affiliated with any Initial Stockholder unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the Business Combination is fair to the Company’s stockholders from a financial perspective.

3.7.2 Administrative Services . The Company has entered into an agreement (“Services Agreement”) with Mercator Capital L.L.C. (“Affiliate”) pursuant to which the Affiliate will make available to the Company general and administrative services including office space, utilities and secretarial support for the Company’s use for $7,500 per month.

3.7.3 Affiliate Compensation . Except as set forth above in this Section 3.7, the Company shall not pay any Initial Stockholder or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, the consummation of a Business Combination; provided that the Initial Stockholders shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

3.8 Secondary Market Trading and Standard & Poor’s . The Company will apply to be included in Standard & Poor’s Daily News and Corporation Records Corporate Descriptions for a period of five years from the consummation of a Business Combination. Promptly after the consummation of the Offering, the Company shall take such steps as may be necessary to obtain a secondary market trading exemption for the Company’s securities in the State of California. The Company shall also take such other action as may be reasonably requested by the Representative to obtain a secondary market trading exemption in such other states as may be requested by the Representative.

3.9 Warrant Solicitation Fees . The Company hereby engages Brenner, on a non-exclusive basis, as its agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrants. The Company will (i) assist Brenner with respect to such solicitation, if requested by Brenner, and (ii) at Brenner’s request, provide Brenner, and direct the Company’s transfer and warrant agent to provide to Brenner, at the Company’s cost, lists of the record and, to the extent known, beneficial owners of, the Warrants. Commencing one year from the Effective Date, the Company will pay Brenner a commission of five percent of the exercise price of the Warrants for each Warrant exercised, payable on the date of such exercise, on the terms provided for in the Warrant Agreement, only if permitted under the rules and regulations of the NASD and only to the extent that an investor who exercises his Warrants specifically designates, in writing, that Brenner solicited his exercise. Brenner may engage sub-agents in its solicitation efforts. The Company agrees to disclose the arrangement to pay such solicitation fees to Brenner in any prospectus used by the Company in connection with the registration of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants.

3.10 Financial Public Relations Firm . Promptly after the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, the Company shall retain a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative for a term to be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative.

3.11 Reports to the Representative .

3.11.1 Periodic Reports, Etc. For a period of five years from the Effective Date, the Company will furnish to the Representative (Attn: Ira Greenspan) and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Representative (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission, (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company, (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K or Schedules 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company, (iv) five copies of each Registration Statement and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request.

3.11.2 Transfer Sheets . For a period of five years following the Effective Date, the Company shall retain a transfer and warrant agent acceptable to the Representative (“Transfer Agent”) and will furnish to the Underwriters at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as the Representative may request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and DTC. The Underwriters acknowledge that American Stock Transfer & Trust Company is an acceptable Transfer Agent.

3.11.3 Secondary Market Trading Survey . Until such time as the Public Securities are listed or quoted, as the case may be, on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall engage Graubard Miller (“GM”), for a one-time fee of $5,000 payable on the Closing Date, to deliver and update to the Underwriters on a timely basis, but in any event on the Effective Date and at the beginning of each fiscal quarter, a written report detailing those states in which the Public Securities may be traded in non-issuer transactions under the Blue Sky laws of the fifty States (“Secondary Market Trading Survey”).

3.11.4 Trading Reports . During such time as the Public Securities are quoted on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or any successor trading market such as the Bulletin Board Exchange) or the Pink Sheets, LLC (or similar publisher of quotations) and no other automated quotation system, the Company shall provide to the Representative, at its expense, such reports published by the NASD or the Pink Sheets, LLC relating to price trading of the Public Securities, as the Representative shall reasonably request.

3.12 Disqualification of Form S-1 . For a period equal to seven years from the date hereof, the Company will not take any action or actions which may prevent or disqualify the Company’s use of Form S-1 (or other appropriate form) for the registration of the Warrants and the Representative’s Warrants under the Act.

3.13 Payment of Expenses .

3.13.1 General Expenses Related to the Offering . The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at Closing Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the preparation, printing, filing and mailing (including the payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary and Final Prospectuses and the printing and mailing of this Agreement and related documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriters in quantities as may be required by the Underwriters, (ii) the printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Units, the shares of Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Units and the Representative’s Purchase Option, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the qualification of the Public Securities under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws, including the costs of printing and mailing the “Preliminary Blue Sky Memorandum,” and all amendments and supplements thereto, fees and disbursements of GM retained for such purpose (such fees shall be $35,000 in the aggregate (of which $15,000 has previously been paid)), and a one-time fee of $5,000 payable to GM for the preparation of the Secondary Market Trading Survey, (iv) filing fees, costs and expenses (including disbursements for the Representative’s counsel) incurred in registering the Offering with the NASD, (v) costs of placing “tombstone” advertisements in The Wall Street Journal , The New York Times and a third publication to be selected by the Representative, (vi) fees and disbursements of the transfer and warrant agent, (vii) the Company’s expenses associated with “due diligence” meetings arranged by the Representative, (viii) the preparation, binding and delivery of transaction “bibles,” in form and style reasonably satisfactory to the Representative and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 3.13.1. The Company also agrees that, if requested by the Representative, it will engage and pay for an investigative search firm of the Representative’s choice to conduct an investigation of the principals of the Company as shall be mutually selected by the Representative and the Company. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Representative and others. If the Offering contemplated by this Agreement is not consummated for any reason whatsoever then the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters in full for their out of pocket expenses, including, without limitation, its legal fees (up to a maximum of $50,000) and disbursements and “road show” and due diligence expenses. The Representative shall retain such part of the nonaccountable expense allowance previously paid as shall equal its actual out-of-pocket expenses and refund the

balance. If the amount previously paid is insufficient to cover such actual out-of-pocket expenses, the Company shall remain liable for and promptly pay any other actual out-of-pocket expenses.

3.13.2 Nonaccountable Expenses . The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 3.13.1, on the Closing Date, it will pay to the Representative a nonaccountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Firm Units (of which $25,000 has previously been paid), by deduction from the proceeds of the Offering contemplated herein.

3.13.3 Expenses Related to Business Combination . The Company further agrees that, in the event the Representative, if so requested by the Company, assists the Company in trying to obtain approval of a proposed Business Combination, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representative for all out-of-pocket expenses, including, but not limited to, “road-show” and due diligence expenses.

3.14 Application of Net Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use Of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

3.15 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders . The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.

3.16 Notice to NASD . In the event any person or entity (regardless of any NASD affiliation or association) is engaged to assist the Company in its search for a merger candidate or to provide any other merger and acquisition services, the Company will provide the following to the NASD and Brenner prior to the consummation of the Business Combination: (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the merger and acquisition services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Company’s initial public offering, as such term is defined in Rule 2710 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules. The Company also agrees that proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the proxy statement which the Company will file for purposes of soliciting stockholder approval for the Business Combination.

3.17 Stabilization . Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders (without the consent of Brenner) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.

3.18 Internal Controls . The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

3.19 Accountants . For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain J. H. Cohn or other independent public accountants reasonably acceptable to Brenner.

3.20 Form 8-K . The Company shall, on the date hereof, retain its independent public accountants to audit the financial statements of the Company as of the Closing Date (“Audited Financial Statements”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the initial public offering. As soon as the Audited Financial Statements become available, the Company shall immediately file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements.

3.21 NASD . The Company shall advise the NASD if it is aware that any 5% or greater stockholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of an NASD member participating in the distribution of the Company’s Public Securities.

3.22 Corporate Proceedings . All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction to counsel for the Underwriters.

3.23 Investment Company . The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Fund to be invested only in “government securities” with specific maturity dates as set forth in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus. Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it will be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

3.24 Investment Banking Engagement . The Company hereby engages Brenner as its investment banker in connection with the Company’s Business Combination to provide the Company with assistance in structuring the Business Combination and negotiating its terms.

3.24.1 Compensation . As compensation for the foregoing services, the Company will pay Brenner a cash fee, based on the “Total Consideration” paid by the Company in the Business Combination, equal to 5% of the first $5 million of Total Consideration and 4% of Total Consideration over $5 million; provided, however, that the maximum fee to be paid to Brenner shall be $500,000. The phrase “Total Consideration” for the purpose of this Agreement, shall mean the total value of the securities (valued as determined in the applicable agreement governing the terms of the Business Combination or, if not so valued, at market on the day of closing, or if there is no public market, valued as set forth herein for other property), cash and assets and property or other benefits exchanged by the Company or received by the Company or its shareholders as consideration as a result of or arising out of the Business Combination, irrespective of the period of payment or terms (all valued at fair market present value as agreed or, if not, by an independent appraiser selected by Brenner in good faith).

3.24.2 Payment . All fees payable under Section 3.24.1 are due and payable to Brenner, by certified check or wire transfer, at the closing of the Business Combination. If a proposed Business Combination is not consummated for any reason, no amounts shall be payable to Brenner under Section 3.24.1.

3.24.3 Expenses . In addition to the compensation described in Section 3.24.1 above, the Company shall bear all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Brenner in connection with the performance of its services under this Section 3.24, promptly after submission of appropriate evidence of having incurred such costs and expenses.

3.25 Colorado Trust Filing . In the event the Securities are registered in the State of Colorado, the Company will cause a Colorado Form ES to be filed with the Commissioner of the State of Colorado no less

than 10 days prior to the distribution of the Trust Fund in connection with a Business Combination and will do all things necessary to comply with Section 11-51-302 and Rule 51-3.4 of the Colorado Securities Act.

4 Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

4.1 Regulatory Matters .

4.1.1 Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by you, and, at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Eaton & Van Winkle (“E&VW”).

4.1.2 NASD Clearance . By the Effective Date, the Representative shall have received clearance from the NASD as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

4.1.3 No Blue Sky Stop Orders . No order suspending the sale of the Units in any jurisdiction designated by you pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof shall have been issued on either on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be contemplated.

4.2 Company Counsel Matters .

4.2.1 Effective Date Opinion of Counsel . On the Effective Date, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion of E&VW, counsel to the Company, dated the Effective Date, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory to GM to the effect that:

(i) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation. The Company is duly qualified and licensed and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or leasing of any properties or the character of its operations requires such qualification or licensing, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(ii) All issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company arising by operation of law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company. The offers and sales of the outstanding Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky Laws or exempt from such registration requirements. The authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus.

(iii) The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders. The Securities are not subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any

security of the Company arising by operation of law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company. When issued, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrants will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby and such Warrants, the Representative’s Purchase Option, and the Representative’s Warrants, when issued, in each case, are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The certificates representing the Securities are in due and proper form.

(iv) This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Trust Agreement have each been duly and validly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company, constitute, and the Representative’s Purchase Option has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provisions may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(v) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Trust Agreement and the Services Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof, do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (a) to such counsel’s knowledge, conflict with, or result in a breach of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or modification of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of, any mortgage, deed of trust, note, indenture, loan, contract, commitment or other agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (b) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company, or (c) to such counsel’s knowledge, violate any statute or any judgment, order or decree, rule or regulation applicable to the Company of any court, domestic or foreign, or of any federal, state or other regulatory authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company, its properties or assets.

(vi) The Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto (other than the financial statements included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) each as of their respective dates complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and Regulations. The Securities and each agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. No statute or regulation required to be described in the Prospectus is not described as required, nor are any contracts or documents of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement not so described or filed as required.

(vii) Counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and representatives of the Underwriters at which the contents of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and related matters were discussed and although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration

Statement and Prospectus (except as otherwise set forth in this opinion), no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which should lead them to believe that either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the date of such opinion contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules and other financial and statistical data included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus).

(viii) The Registration Statement is effective under the Act. To such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act or applicable state securities laws.

(ix) To such counsel’s knowledge, there is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or threatened against the Company that is required to be described in the Registration Statement.

4.2.2 Closing Date and Option Closing Date Opinion of Counsel . On each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinion of E&VW, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GM, confirming as of the Closing Date and, if applicable, the Option Closing Date, the statements made by E&VW in their opinion delivered on the Effective Date.

4.2.3 Reliance . In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GM) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to GM, familiar with the applicable laws, and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Underwriters’ counsel if requested. The opinion of counsel for the Company and any opinion relied upon by such counsel for the Company shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by counsel for the Underwriters in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

4.3 Cold Comfort Letter . At the time this Agreement is executed, and at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, you shall have received a letter, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) to you and to GM from J. H. Cohn dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any:

(i) Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act;

(ii) Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;

(iii) Stating that, on the basis of a limited review which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the stockholders and board of directors and the various committees of the board of directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention which would lead them to believe that (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, (b) at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the stockholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the January 12, 2005 balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from January 12, 2005 to a specified date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any decrease in revenues, net earnings or net earnings per share of Common Stock, in each case as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding year and as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding quarter, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, or, if there was any such decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease;

(iv) Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company (including a break-down of commercial papers and notes payable to banks);

(v) Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement;

(vi) Stating that they have not during the immediately preceding five year period brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60 “Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit,” in the Company’s internal controls; and

(vii) Statements as to such other matters incident to the transaction contemplated hereby as you may reasonably request.

4.4 Officers’ Certificates .

4.4.1 Officers’ Certificate . At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and that the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct. In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company as the Representative may reasonably request.

4.4.2 Secretary’s Certificate . At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying (i) that the By-Laws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the resolutions relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified, (iii) all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission, and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

4.5 No Material Changes . Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Initial Stockholder before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and (iv) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

4.6 Delivery of Agreements .

4.6.1 Effective Date Deliveries . On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Trust Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Services Agreement and all of the Insider Letters and Lock-Up Agreements.

4.6.2 Closing Date Deliveries . On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Representative’s Purchase Option.

4.7 Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . All proceedings taken in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and to GM and you shall have received from such counsel a favorable opinion, dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, with respect to such of these proceedings as you may

reasonably require. On or prior to the Effective Date, the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished such documents, certificates and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to review or pass upon the matters referred to in this Section 4.7, or in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness or satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties or conditions herein contained.

4.8 Secondary Market Trading Survey . On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received the Secondary Market Trading Survey from GM.

5 Indemnification .

5.1 Indemnification of Underwriters .

5.1.1 General . Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Underwriters, and each dealer selected by you that participates in the offer and sale of the Securities (each a “Selected Dealer”) and each of their respective directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter (“controlling person”) within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, whether arising out of any action between any of the Underwriters and the Company or between any of the Underwriters and any third party or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new registration statement and prospectus in which is included securities of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Purchase Option; or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5 collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Units under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, Nasdaq or any securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to an Underwriter by or on behalf of such Underwriter expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application, as the case may be. With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Securities to such person as required by the Act and the Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.4 hereof. The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons in connection with the issue and sale of the Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

5.1.2 Procedure . If any action is brought against an Underwriter, a Selected Dealer or a controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter or Selected Dealer shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment

and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter or Selected Dealer, as the case may be) and payment of actual expenses. Such Underwriter, Selected Dealer or controlling person shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter, Selected Dealer or controlling person unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter, Selected Dealer and/or controlling person shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Underwriter, Selected Dealer or controlling person shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5.2 Indemnification of the Company . Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers and employees and agents who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, written information furnished to the Company with respect to such Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any such application. In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2.

5.3 Contribution .

5.3.1 Contribution Rights . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the Act in any case in which (i) any person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5 makes claim for indemnification pursuant hereto but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 5 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise may be required on the part of any such person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 5, then, and in each such case, the Company and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Underwriters, as incurred, in such proportions that the Underwriters are responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the initial offering price appearing thereon and the Company is responsible for the balance; provided, that, no person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Public Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay in respect of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses. For

purposes of this Section, each director, officer and employee of an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriters or the Company, as applicable.

5.3.2 Contribution Procedure . Within fifteen days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid fifteen days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.3 are several and not joint.

6 Default by an Underwriter .

6.1 Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Units or Option Units . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Units or the Option Units, if the over-allotment option is exercised, hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Units or Option Units with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Units or Option Units that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Units or Option Units to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

6.2 Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Units or Option Units . In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 above relates to more than 10% of the Firm Units or Option Units, you may in your discretion arrange for yourself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Units or Option Units to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If within one business day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Units or Option Units you do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Units or Option Units, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one business day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to you to purchase said Firm Units or Option Units on such terms. In the event that neither you nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Units or Option Units to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement may be terminated by you or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.15 and 5 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Units, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Units; and provided further that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

6.3 Postponement of Closing Date . In the event that the Firm Units or Option Units to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five business days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration

Statement or the Prospectus that in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

7 Right to Appoint Representative/Designee .

7.1 Representative Right . For a period of five years from the Effective Date (“Board Period”), upon notice from Brenner to the Company, Brenner shall have the right to send a representative (who need not be the same individual from meeting to meeting) to observe each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to Brenner and its counsel in connection with such representative’s attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors; and provided further that upon written notice to Brenner, the Company may exclude the representative from meetings where, in the written opinion of counsel for the Company, the representative’s presence would destroy the attorney-client privilege. The Company agrees to give Brenner written notice of each such meeting and to provide Brenner with an agenda and minutes of the meeting no later than it gives such notice and provides such items to the other directors, and reimburse the representative of Brenner for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its attendance at the meeting, including but not limited to, food, lodging and transportation.

7.2 Designee Right . Upon consummation of a Business Combination and until the expiration of the Board Period, Brenner shall be entitled to appoint a designee to the Board of Directors of the Company.

8 Additional Covenants .

8.1 Intentionally Omitted .

8.2 Additional Shares or Options . The Company hereby agrees that until the Company consummates a Business Combination, it shall not issue any shares of Class B Common Stock or any options or other securities convertible into Class B Common Stock, or any shares of Preferred Stock which participate in any manner in the Trust Fund or which vote as a class with the Class B Common Stock on a Business Combination.

8.3 Trust Fund Waiver Acknowledgment . The Company hereby agrees that it will not commence its due diligence investigation of any operating business which the Company seeks to acquire (each a “Target Business”) or obtain the services of any vendor unless and until such Target Business or vendor acknowledges in writing, whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Fund for the benefit of the holders of the Class B Common Stock and that the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Fund only (i) to the holders of the Class B Common Stock that elect to convert their shares of Class B Common Stock (as described below in Section 8.7), (ii) to the holders of the Class B Common Stock in the event that the Company does not effect a Business Combination within 12 months from the consummation of this Offering (subject to extension for an additional six-month period, as described in the prospectus) or (iii) to the Company after it consummates a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (1) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (2) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Fund (“Claim”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any reason whatsoever.

8.4 Insider Letters . The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would cause a breach of any of the Insider Letters executed between each Initial Stockholder and Brenner and

will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letters without the prior written consent of Brenner.

8.5 Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws . The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would cause the Company to be in breach or violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.

8.6 Blue Sky Requirements . The Company shall provide counsel to the Representative with ten copies of all proxy information and all related material filed with the Commission in connection with a Business Combination concurrently with such filing with the Commission. In addition, the Company shall furnish any other state in which its initial public offering was registered, such information as may be requested by such state.

8.7 Acquisition/Liquidation Procedure . The Company agrees: (i) that, prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, it will submit such transaction to the Company’s stockholders for their approval (“Business Combination Vote”) even if the nature of the acquisition is such as would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law; and (ii) that, in the event that the Company does not effect a Business Combination within 12 months from the consummation of this Offering (subject to extension for an additional six-month period, as described in the Prospectus), the Trust Fund will be distributed to all holders of the Class B Common Stock. At the time the Company seeks approval of any potential Business Combination, the Company will offer each of holders of the Company’s Class B Common Stock issued in this Offering (“IPO Shares”) the right to convert their IPO Shares at a per share price equal to the amount in the Trust Fund (inclusive of any interest income therein) calculated as of two business days prior to the proposed consummation of the Business Combination (“Conversion Price”) divided by the total number of IPO Shares. If holders of less than 20% in interest of the Company’s IPO Shares vote against such approval of a Business Combination, the Company may, but will not be required to, proceed with such Business Combination. If the Company elects to so proceed, it will convert shares, based upon the Conversion Price, from those holders of IPO Shares who affirmatively requested such conversion and who voted against the Business Combination. Only holders of IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions and the Company shall pay no liquidating distributions with respect to any other shares of capital stock of the Company. If holders of 20% or more in interest of the IPO Shares vote against approval of any potential Business Combination, the Company will not proceed with such Business Combination and will not convert such shares.

8.9 Rule 419 . The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including but not limited to using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.

8.10 Affiliated Transactions . The Company shall cause each of the Initial Stockholders to agree that, in order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the Initial Stockholders will present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or company, any suitable opportunity to acquire an operating business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the liquidation of the Company or until such time as the Initial Stockholders cease to be an officer or director of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary obligations the Initial Stockholders might have or new fiduciary obligations related to or affiliated with entities to whom the Initial Stockholders have pre-existing fiduciary obligations.

8.11 Target Net Assets . The Company agrees that the initial Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the Company’s net assets at the time of such acquisition. The fair market value of such business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and book value. If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the

target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the Company’s fair market value at the time of such acquisition, the Company will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm which is a member of the NASD with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. The Company is not required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the Target Business does have sufficient fair market value.

9 Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery . Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements at the Closing Dates and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriters and Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any controlling person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Securities to the several Underwriters until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

10 Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof .

10.1 Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

10.2 Termination . You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Boston Stock Exchange or on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor trading market) shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if any of the Company’s representations, warranties or covenants hereunder are breached, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Units.

10.3 Expenses . In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the obligations of the Company to pay the out of pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein shall be governed by Section 3.13.1 hereof.

10.4 Indemnification . Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way effected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

11 Miscellaneous .

11.1 Notices . All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or telecopied and confirmed or if mailed, two days after such mailing

If to the Representative:

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue

17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Attn: Ira Greenspan

Copy to:

Graubard Miller

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq.

If to the Company:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

Attn: Rhodric C. Hackman, President

Copy to:

Eaton & Van Winkle LLP

3 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attn: Vincent J. McGill, Esq.

11.2 Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

11.3 Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

11.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11.5 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person

shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained.

11.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 10 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

11.7 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

11.8 Waiver, Etc. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.


Very truly yours,

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name: Title:


Accepted on the date first above written.

HCFP/BRENNER SECURITIES LLC

By:
	Name:	Ira Greenspan
	Title:	Vice Chairman

SCHEDULE I

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

500,000 Series A Units

4,600,000 Series B Units

Underwriter

Number of Series A Units

to be Purchased

Number of Series B Units

to be Purchased

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

Exhibit 1.2

HCFP/BRENNER SECURITIES LLC

888 SEVENTH AVENUE

17 ^th FLOOR

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10106

SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

Dear Sirs:

1. Registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), of the 500,000 Series A Units and 4,600,000 Series B Units* of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”), as more fully described in the Preliminary Prospectus, dated , 2005, and in the final prospectus (“Prospectus”) which will be forwarded to you, will become effective in the near future. We, as the Underwriters, are offering certain of the Units for purchase by a selected group of dealers (“Selected Dealers”) on the terms and conditions stated herein.


Authorized Public Offering Price:		$10.50 per Series A Unit
		$10.10 per Series B Unit

Dealers’ Selling Concession:		Not to exceed $0. per Series A Unit and $0. per Series B Unit payable upon termination of this Agreement, except as provided below. We reserve the right not to pay such concession on any of the Series A Units or Series B Units purchased by any of the Selected Dealers from us and repurchased by us at or below the price stated above prior to such termination.

Reallowance:		You may reallow not in excess of $0. per Series A Unit and $0. per Series B Unit as a selling concession to dealers who are members in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) or to foreign dealers who are not eligible for membership in the NASD and who have agreed (i) not to sell the Series A Units and Series B Units within the United States of America, its territories or possessions or to persons who are citizens thereof or residents therein, and (ii) to abide by the applicable Conduct Rules of the NASD.

*	Plus the over-allotment option available to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 75,000 Series A units and/or 690,000 Series B units.


Delivery and Payment:		Delivery of the Series A Units and Series B Units (collectively, the “Units”) shall be made on or about , 2005 or such later date as we may advise on not less than one day’s notice to you, at the office of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC, 888 Seventh Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, New York 10106 or at such other place as we shall specify on not less than one day’s notice to you. Payment for the Units is to be made, against delivery, at the authorized public offering price stated above, or, if we shall so advise you, at the authorized public offering price less the dealers’ selling concession stated above, by a certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House Funds payable to the order of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC.

Termination:		This Agreement shall terminate at the close of business on the 45th day following the effective date of the Registration Statement (of which the enclosed Prospectus forms a part), unless extended at our discretion for a period or periods not to exceed in the aggregate 30 additional days. We may terminate this Agreement, whether or not extended, at any time without notice.

2. Any of the Units purchased by you hereunder are to be offered by you to the public at the public offering price, except as herein otherwise provided and except that a reallowance from such public offering price not in excess of the amount set forth on the first page of this Agreement may be allowed as consideration for services rendered in distribution to dealers that (a) are actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business; (b) execute the written agreement prescribed by Rule 2740 of the NASD Conduct Rules; and (c) are either members in good standing of the NASD or foreign banks, dealers or institutions not eligible for membership in the NASD that represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Units at the public offering price and will abide by the conditions with respect to foreign banks, dealers and institutions set forth in paragraph 9 below.

3. You, by becoming a member of the Selected Dealers, agree (a) upon effectiveness of the Registration Statement and your receipt of the Prospectus, to take up and pay for the number of Units allotted and confirmed to you, (b) not to use any of the Units to reduce or cover any short position you may have and (c) to make available a copy of the Prospectus to all persons who on your behalf will solicit orders for the Units prior to the making of such solicitations by such persons. You are not authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in the Prospectus or any supplements or amendments thereto.

4. As contemplated by Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we agree to mail a copy of the Prospectus to any person making a written request therefor during the period referred to in the rules and regulations adopted under such Act, the mailing to be made to the address given in the request. You confirm that you have delivered all preliminary prospectuses and revised preliminary prospectuses, if any, required to be delivered under the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 and agree to deliver all copies of the Prospectus required to be delivered thereunder. We have heretofore delivered to you such preliminary prospectuses as have been required by you, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and will deliver such further prospectuses as may be requested by you.

5. You agree that until termination of this Agreement you will not make purchases or sales of the Units except (a) pursuant to this Agreement, (b) pursuant to authorization received from us, or (c) in the ordinary course of business as broker or agent for a customer pursuant to any unsolicited order.

6. Additional copies of the Prospectus and any supplements or amendments thereto shall be supplied in reasonable quantity upon request.

7. The Units are offered by us for delivery when, as and if sold to, and accepted by, us and subject to the terms herein and in the Prospectus or any supplements or amendments thereto, to our right to vary the concessions and terms of offering after their release for public sale, to approval of counsel as to legal matters and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offer without notice.

8. Upon written application to us, you shall be informed as to the jurisdictions under the securities or blue sky laws of which we believe the Units are eligible for sale, but we assume no responsibility as to such eligibility or the right of any member of the Selected Dealers to sell any of the Units in any jurisdiction. We acknowledge that you have advised us that sales of the Company’s securities cannot be made from the state of New Jersey. We represent to you that all sales by us of the Company’s securities will be made by our offices outside the state of New Jersey. We have caused to be filed a Further State Notice relating to such of the Units to be offered to the public in New York in the form required by, and pursuant to, the provisions of Article 23A of the General Business Law of the State of New York. Upon the completion of the public offering contemplated herein, each member of the Selected Dealers agrees to promptly furnish to us, upon our request, territorial distribution reports setting forth each jurisdiction in which sales of the Units were made by such member, the number of Units sold in such jurisdiction, and any further information as we may request, in order to permit us to file on a timely basis any report that we as the Underwriters of the offering or manager of the Selected Dealers may be required to file pursuant to the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.

9. You, by becoming a member of the Selected Dealers, represent that you are actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and that you are (a) a member in good standing of the NASD and will comply with NASD Conduct Rule 2740, or (b) a foreign dealer or institution that is not eligible for membership in the NASD and that has agreed (i) not to sell Units within the United States of America, its territories or possessions or to persons who are citizens thereof or residents therein; (ii) that any and all sales shall be in compliance with Rule 2110-01 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules; (iii) to comply, as though it were a member of the NASD, with Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules, and to comply with Rule 2420 thereof as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a foreign country.

10. Nothing herein shall constitute any members of the Selected Dealers partners with us or with each other, but you agree, notwithstanding any prior settlement of accounts or termination of this Agreement, to bear your proper proportion of any tax or other liability based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers constitute a partnership, association, unincorporated business or other separate entity and a like share of any expenses of resisting any such claim.

11. HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC shall be the Managing Underwriter of the offering and manager of the Selected Dealers and shall have full authority to take such action as we may deem advisable in respect of all matters pertaining to the offering or the Selected Dealers or any members of them. Except as expressly stated herein, or as may arise under the Act, we shall be under no liability to any member of the Selected Dealers as such for, or in respect of (i) the validity or value of the Units (ii) the form of, or the statements contained in, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus forms a part, any supplements or amendments to the Prospectus or such Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, any instruments executed by, or obtained or any supplemental sales data or other letters from, the Company, or others, (iii) the form or validity of the Underwriting Agreement or this Agreement, (iv) the eligibility of any of the Units for sale under the laws of any jurisdiction, (v) the delivery of the Units, (vi)

the performance by the Company, or others of any agreement on its or their part, or (vii) any matter in connection with any of the foregoing, except our own want of good faith.

12. If for federal income tax purposes the Selected Dealers, among themselves or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership, then we elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and we agree not to take any position inconsistent with such selection. We authorize you, in your discretion, to execute and file on our behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

13. All communications from you shall be addressed to HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC, 888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor, New York, New York 10106, Attention: Ira Greenspan. Any notice from us to you shall be deemed to have been fully authorized by the Underwriters and to have been duly given if mailed, telegraphed or sent by confirmed facsimile transmittal to you at the address to which this letter is mailed. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to conflict of laws. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

If you desire to become a member of the Selected Dealers, please advise us to that effect immediately by facsimile transmission and sign and return to us the enclosed counterpart of this letter.


Very truly yours,

HCFP/BRENNER SECURITIES LLC

By:

We accept membership in the Selected Dealers on the terms specified above.


Dated: , 2005

		(Selected Dealer)



By:
		Name:
		Title:

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

Pursuant to Section 102 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law

I, the undersigned, in order to form a corporation for the purposes hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), do hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 874 Walker Road, Suite C, Dover, Delaware. The name of its registered agent at that address is United Corporate Services Inc.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the GCL.

FOURTH: (a) The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 52,005,000 of which:

(i) 40,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock of the par value of $.0001 per share;

(ii) 12,000,000 shares shall be Class B Common Stock of the par value of $.0001 per share; and

(iii) 5,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock of the par value of $.0001 per share.

(b) Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is expressly granted authority to issue shares of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, full or limited, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue

of such series (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the GCL. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to any Preferred Stock Designation.

1. Dividends. Subject to the preferential dividend rights applicable to shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock and of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive only such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts to be distributed to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock and of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled, ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to holders of Common Stock and of Class B Common Stock.

3. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by statute or as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation:

(a) each outstanding share of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on each matter on which the stockholders of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote other than in connection with a “Business Combination” during the “Target Business Acquisition Period” (as such terms are hereinafter defined), and each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock held by such holder; and

(b) each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on each matter on which the stockholders of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote, including in connection with a Business Combination, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock held by such holder.

4. Conversion. The holders of Class B Common Stock shall have no conversion rights other than as set forth in sub-paragraph B of Paragraph SIXTH hereof. The holders of Common Stock shall have no conversion rights under any circumstances.

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator of the Corporation are as follows:


Name		Address
Vincent J. McGill		Eaton & Van Winkle
		3 Park Avenue
		New York, New York 10016

SIXTH: The following provisions (A) through (E) shall apply during the period commencing upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation and shall terminate upon the first to occur of (i) the consummation of any “Business Combination” or (ii) the “Termination Date” (as such terms are hereinafter defined), and may not be amended during the Target Business Acquisition Period. A “Business Combination” shall mean the acquisition by the Corporation, whether by merger, capital stock exchange, asset or stock acquisition or other similar type of transaction, of an operating business (“Target Business”).

A. Prior to the consummation of any Business Combination with a Target Business, the Corporation shall submit such Business Combination to the holders of its Class B Common Stock for approval regardless of whether the Business Combination is of a type which normally would require such stockholder approval under the GCL. In the event that a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock cast at the meeting to approve the Business Combination are voted for the approval of such Business Combination, the Corporation shall be authorized to consummate the Business Combination; provided that the Corporation shall not consummate any Business Combination if 20% or more in interest of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock exercise their conversion rights described in paragraph B below.

B. If a Business Combination is approved in accordance with sub-paragraph A, above, and is consummated by the Corporation, then, in such event:

(i) any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock issued in the Corporation’s initial public offering of securities (“IPO”) who voted against the Business Combination may, contemporaneous with such vote, demand that the Corporation convert his shares of Class B Common Stock into cash. If so demanded, the Corporation shall convert such shares at a per share conversion price equal to the quotient determined by dividing (i) the amount in the “Trust Fund” (as hereinafter defined), inclusive of any interest thereon, calculated as of two business days prior to the date of the consummation of the proposed Business Combination, by (ii) the total number of shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding. “Trust Fund” shall mean the trust account established by the Corporation at the consummation of its IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO are deposited; and

(ii) thereafter, all of the remaining outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically converted, effective as of the consummation of the Business Combination, into the same number of shares of Common Stock.

C. If, however, the Corporation does not consummate a Business Combination with a Target Business by the later of (i) 12 months after the consummation of the IPO or (ii) 18 months after the consummation of the IPO in the event that either a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement to complete a Business Combination was executed but was not consummated within such 12 month period (such later date being defined as the “Termination Date”, and the period from the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed in connection with the IPO up to and including the Termination Date being defined to as the “Target Business Acquisition Period”), then, in such event, all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically cancelled and shall revert to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock, and the Corporation shall thereupon distribute, and shall cause its officers to effect the distribution of, the Trust Fund to the holders of Class B Common Stock within sixty days of the Termination Date. In such event, the Corporation shall pay no distributions with respect to any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation. From and after the Termination Date and until surrendered to the trustee of the Trust Fund, any certificate evidencing shares of Class B Common Stock shall represent solely the right of the holder to receive his ratable proportion of any distribution from the Trust Fund.

D. A recordholder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Fund only upon distribution of the Trust Fund in accordance with paragraph C, above, or in the event he demands conversion of his shares in accordance with paragraph B, above. In no other circumstances shall a holder of Class B Common Stock have any right or interest of any kind in or to the Trust Fund.

E. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class A, Class B and Class C. The number of directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. At the first election of directors by the incorporator, the incorporator shall elect the Class A directors for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Class A directors shall then elect the Class B and Class C directors. The directors in Class B shall be elected for a term expiring at the second Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the directors in Class C shall be elected for a term expiring at the first Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Commencing at the first Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and at each annual meeting thereafter, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire thereat shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding Annual Meeting of Stockholders after their election. Except as the GCL may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or the removal of one or more directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Corporation’s Bylaws), or by the sole remaining director. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A director elected to fill a

vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

SEVENTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

EIGHTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Election of directors need not be by ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation so provide.

B. The Board of Directors shall have the power, without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation as provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

C. The directors in their discretion may submit any contract or act for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or be ratified by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation which is represented in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat (provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be there represented in person or by proxy) shall be as valid and binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation, whether or not the contract or act would otherwise be open to legal attack because of directors’ interests, or for any other reason.

D. In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any by-laws from time to time duly adopted made by the stockholders; provided, however, that no by-law so adopted shall invalidate any prior act of the directors.

NINTH: A. To the fullest extend permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

B. The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or

intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

C. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was an employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

D. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article NINTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article NINTH, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article NINTH, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article NINTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

TENTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate of Incorporation this 30th day of December, 2004.

/s/ Vincent J. McGill

Vincent J. McGill, Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		PAGE
ARTICLE I OFFICES		1
SECTION 1.	Delaware Registered Office	1
SECTION 2.	Other Offices	1

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS		1
SECTION 1.	Annual Meeting	1
SECTION 2.	Special Meetings	1
SECTION 3.	Notice of Meetings	1
SECTION 4.	Quorum and Adjournments	1
SECTION 5.	Organization	2
SECTION 6.	Proxies and Voting of Shares	2
SECTION 7.	Voting List of Stockholders	2
SECTION 8.	Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting	3

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS		3
SECTION 1.	Power and Duties of the Board of Directors	3
SECTION 2.	Number and Qualifications	3
SECTION 3.	Election and Term	3
SECTION 4.	Regular Meetings; Notice	4
SECTION 5.	Special Meetings	4
SECTION 6.	Notice of Special Meetings	4
SECTION 7.	Quorum	4
SECTION 8.	Organization	4
SECTION 9.	Compensation of Directors	5
SECTION 10.	Committees	5
SECTION 11.	Written Consents	5
SECTION 12.	Conference Telephone Meetings	5

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS		6
SECTION 1.	Number and Election	6
SECTION 2.	Term of Office and Qualification	6
SECTION 3.	Other Officers	6
SECTION 4.	Chief Executive Officer	6
SECTION 5.	The President; Including Executive Vice Presidents	6
SECTION 6.	Vice Presidents	6
SECTION 7.	The Comptroller	7
SECTION 8.	Assistant Comptrollers	7
SECTION 9.	The Secretary	7
SECTION 10.	Assistant Secretaries	7
SECTION 11.	The Treasurer	7
SECTION 12.	Assistant Treasurers	8
SECTION 13.	Compensation	8
SECTION 14.	Bonds	8

-i-


ARTICLE V RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVALS		8
SECTION 1.	Resignations	8
SECTION 2.	Removals	8

ARTICLE VI VACANCIES		8
SECTION 1.	Among Directors	8
SECTION 2.	Among Officers, Etc.	9

ARTICLE VII NOTICES		9
SECTION 1.	Manner of Giving	9
SECTION 2.	Waiver of Notice	9

ARTICLE VIII CAPITAL STOCK		10
SECTION 1.	Form and Issuance	10
SECTION 2.	Transfers of Stock	10
SECTION 3.	Lost, Stolen and Destroyed Certificates	10
SECTION 4.	Fixing of Record Date	10

ARTICLE IX NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.		11
SECTION 1.	Signatures on Checks, Etc.	11
SECTION 2.	Execution of Contracts, Deeds, Etc.	11

ARTICLE X CORPORATE SEAL		11

ARTICLE XI FISCAL YEAR		11

ARTICLE XII VOTING OF STOCK HELD		11

ARTICLE XIII INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,		12
SECTION 1.	Indemnification	12
SECTION 2.	Indemnification for Costs	12
SECTION 3.	Advancement of Costs	12
SECTION 4.	Procedure for Indemnification	13
SECTION 5.	Other Rights	13
SECTION 6.	Saving Clause	14
SECTION 7.	Indemnification of Other Persons	14
SECTION 8.	Insurance	14

ARTICLE XIV AMENDMENTS		14

-ii-

BY-LAWS OF

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. DELAWARE REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be fixed in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as the same may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may have an office or offices at such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before said meeting shall be held on such date and at such hour and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors with respect to each such meeting and as shall be stated in the notice thereof.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes may, except as otherwise prescribed by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation, be called at any time by the President or by the Board of Directors to be held on such date and at such hour and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice thereof, and the President or a Vice President or the Secretary shall call such a meeting whenever stockholders, holding not less than a majority of all of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, shall make written application therefor, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting applied for, which application shall be filed with the office of the Secretary.

SECTION 3. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise provided or permitted by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these By-laws, written notice of all meetings of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour and in general terms only, the purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given by the President or a Vice President or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary to each stockholder of record having voting power in respect of the business to be transacted thereat, either by serving such notice upon him personally or by mailing or telegraphing the same to him at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, at least ten days but not more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent or agents of the Corporation shall make affidavit as to the giving of such notice.

SECTION 4. QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENTS. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall be required to and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,

-1-

present in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum be present at any meeting of stockholders and the meeting is adjourned to reconvene either at a later time on the same date or at a later date, no notice need be given other than announcement at the meeting, provided that if any adjournment, whether a quorum is present or not, is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting unless the question is one upon which by express provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws a larger or different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. The stockholders present or represented at any duly called and held meeting at which a quorum is present or represented may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number as to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 5. ORGANIZATION. Each meeting of stockholders shall be presided over by the by a Vice President thereunto designated by the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, by the President, or in the absence of both, or by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer to the President and a Vice President so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence an Assistant Secretary, or in the absence of both the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary any person designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 6. PROXIES AND VOTING OF SHARES. At any meeting of stockholders or whenever the stockholders express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, each stockholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting or in a written expression of such consent or dissent may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted or with the written evidence of the consent or dissent, which shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation for filing with the minutes of proceedings of stockholders of the Corporation. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting (unless a new record date is set by the Board of Directors), but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. All questions regarding the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided by two inspectors of election who shall be appointed by the Board of Directors or if not so appointed, then by the presiding officer of the meeting. No proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot.

SECTION 7. VOTING LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order

-2-

and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 8. CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Evidence of such consent in writing shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation for filing with the minutes of proceedings of stockholders of the Corporation. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. POWER AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board shall exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation insofar as not inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.

SECTION 2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors constituting the whole Board, which shall be defined as the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies, shall be not more than seven or less than one. The authorized number of directors, within the limits above specified, shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board given at a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors; provided that, if the number so determined is to be increased or decreased, notice of the proposed increase or decrease shall be included in the notice of such meeting unless all of the directors at the time in office are present at such meeting or those not present shall at any time waive or have waived notice thereof in writing; and provided further, that the number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall not be reduced to a number less than the number of directors then in office unless such reduction shall become effective only at and after the next ensuing meeting of stockholders for the election of directors or upon the resignation of an incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 3. ELECTION AND TERM. Except as otherwise provided by law, the directors of the Corporation shall be elected pursuant to the provisions set

-3-

forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. Each director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified subject to the provisions of ARTICLE V hereof.

SECTION 4. REGULAR MEETINGS; NOTICE. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place either within or outside of the State of Delaware, as may be determined by resolution of the Board. No notice of a regular meeting need be given (any practice or custom to the contrary notwithstanding) and any business may be transacted at a regular meeting, held as aforesaid, subject only to the requirements of Section 2 of this ARTICLE III.

SECTION 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may, unless otherwise expressly provided by law, be called from time to time by the President, or any Vice President, or by a written call signed by any one or more directors and filed with the Secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside of the State or Delaware, as shall be designated in the notice of such meeting.

SECTION 6. NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provided by law or as provided in Section 2 of ARTICLE VII hereof, be given by mailing or telegraphing the same to each director at his residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him personally or telephoning the same to him personally at his residence or business address not later than the day before the day of the meeting, unless, in case of exigency, the President, or in his absence a Vice President or the Secretary, shall prescribe a shorter notice to each director at his residence or business address. Except as otherwise required by statute or these By-laws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat, any practice or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.

SECTION 7. QUORUM. A majority of the total number of directors at the time in office but in no event less than one-third of that total number or less than two directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, except that when a Board of one director is authorized pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, then one director shall constitute a quorum. If less than a quorum be present at a meeting, the directors present may adjourn the meeting and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. If a quorum be present at a meeting and the meeting is adjourned to reconvene either at a later time on the same date or at a later date, no notice need be given other than announcement at the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, when a quorum is present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall decide any question brought before such meeting and the action of such majority shall be deemed to be the action of the Board.

SECTION 8. ORGANIZATION. Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman, President, or in his absence, by any director selected to preside by vote of a majority of the directors present. The Secretary, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, or in the absence of

-4-

both the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary, any person designated by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 9. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. The Board may, from time to time in its discretion, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members thereof for their services in such capacity and provide for the reimbursement of the reasonable expenses of such members, all of which shall be in addition to any fees, salaries or other compensation which may be paid or payable to such members in any other capacity. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like reimbursement and compensation for attending committee meetings.

SECTION 10. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions adopted by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one or more other committees. Except as otherwise provided by these By-laws each committee shall consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-laws of the Corporation. Unless expressly authorized by resolution or resolutions adopted by a majority of the whole Board, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such other committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. The committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

SECTION 11. WRITTEN CONSENTS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

SECTION 12. CONFERENCE TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in this manner shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

-5-

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. NUMBER AND ELECTION. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, including Executive Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Comptroller and one or more Assistant Comptrollers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. One of the officers shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity.

SECTION 2. TERM OF OFFICE AND QUALIFICATION. The officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the first meeting thereof after each annual meeting of stockholders. A meeting of the directors may be held without notice for this purpose, as well as for the transaction of any other business, immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and at the same place. In the event of the failure so to elect any such officer, such officer may be elected at any subsequent meeting (regular or special) of the Board. Each officer, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this ARTICLE IV, shall hold office until the next annual election of officers and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, subject, however, to the provisions of ARTICLE V hereof. None of the officers of the Corporation need be directors.

SECTION 3. OTHER OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may also appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem necessary for the transaction of the business of the Corporation. Such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

SECTION 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board may give tot the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall report directly to the Board. All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall serve as a chairperson of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of a Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

SECTION 5. THE PRESIDENT. In the absence or inability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall have general and active management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall, perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer or as may be prescribed by these By-Laws.

SECTION 6. VICE PRESIDENTS; INCLUDING EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or inability to act of the President, any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors shall perform all the duties and may

-6-

exercise all the powers of the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or as may be prescribed by these By-laws.

SECTION 7. THE COMPTROLLER. The Comptroller shall have responsibility for the accounting procedures and practices of the Corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the corporation, and shall be responsible for the keeping of, correct financial records of the business and transactions of the Corporation and at all reasonable times shall exhibit such record to any of the directors of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation where such records are kept. He shall also perform all the duties incident to the office of Comptroller and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Vice President.

SECTION 8. ASSISTANT COMPTROLLERS. In the absence of the Comptroller, or in case of his inability to act, an Assistant Comptroller designated by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors shall perform all the duties of the Comptroller and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the Comptroller. The Assistant Comptrollers shall perform such other duties as from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President or the Comptroller.

SECTION 9. THE SECRETARY. The Secretary shall have the duty to record or cause to be recorded in books kept for that purpose the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation including those of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and all committees designated by the Board of Directors; shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records (other than those financial records kept by the Comptroller) and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and when so affixed may attest the same; shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed; and in general, the Secretary shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Secretary and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 10. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. In the absence of the Secretary, or in case of his inability to act, an Assistant Secretary designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall perform all the duties of the Secretary and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the Secretary. The Assistant Secretaries shall perform such other duties as from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary.

SECTION 11. THE TREASURER. The Treasurer shall give such bond with such surety or sureties for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board of Directors may require. He shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and have supervision over all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and, in the absence of a Comptroller, have general responsibility for its accounting procedures and practices; at all reasonable times exhibit

-7-

his books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation upon application during business hours at the place where such books and records are kept; receive, and give receipts for, monies due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; and in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 12. ASSISTANT TREASURERS. Each of the Assistant Treasurers shall give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board of Directors may require. In the absence of the Treasurer, or in case of his inability to act, an Assistant Treasurer designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer.

SECTION 13. COMPENSATION. The compensation of all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or pursuant to authority of general or special resolutions of the Board. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation or a member of any committee.

SECTION 14. BONDS. The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer or agent of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

ARTICLE V

RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVALS

SECTION 1. RESIGNATIONS. Any director, officer or agent of the Corporation may, subject to contrary provision in any applicable contract, resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer or to the Secretary of the Corporation, and any member of any committee may resign at any time by giving notice either as aforesaid or to the committee of which he is a member or to the chairman thereof. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; and unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 2. REMOVALS. The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors may remove any director or the entire Board of Directors, with or without cause, at any meeting called for the purpose, and may elect his or their successors. The Board of Directors by vote of not less than a majority of the whole Board may remove from office any officer, employee, agent or member of any committee, elected or appointed by it.

ARTICLE VI

VACANCIES

SECTION 1. AMONG DIRECTORS. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, if the office of any director becomes vacant at any time by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification,

-8-

removal from office or other cause, or if any new directorship is created by any increase in the authorized number of directors, a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or the sole remaining director, may choose a successor or fill the newly created directorship, and the director so chosen shall hold office, subject to the provisions of these By-laws, until the next annual election of directors and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify. In the event that a vacancy arising as aforesaid shall not have been filled by the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by the stockholders at any meeting thereof after such office becomes vacant. If one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so prospectively resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in the filling of other vacancies.

SECTION 2. AMONG OFFICERS, ETC. If the office of the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Comptroller, the Secretary or the Treasurer, or of any other officer or agent or member of any committee, becomes vacant at any time by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, such vacancy or vacancies shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

SECTION 1. MANNER OF GIVING. Whenever under the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given by mailing or telegraphing (including telex or cable or other similar means) the same to each such director or stockholder at such address as appears on the books or in the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same is thus mailed or telegraphed.

SECTION 2. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever under the provisions of these By laws, or of the Certificate of Incorporation, or of any of the laws of the State of Delaware, the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors are authorized to hold any meeting or take any action after notice or after the lapse of any prescribed period of time, a waiver thereof, in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice or lapse of time, whether before or after the time of meeting or action stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of any committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. The presence at any meeting of a person or persons entitled to notice thereof shall be deemed a waiver of such notice as to such person or persons, except when such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

-9-

ARTICLE VIII

CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 1. FORM AND ISSUANCE. Certificates of stock shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation certifying the number of shares owned by the stockholder in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on such a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue unless determined otherwise by the Board generally or in particular instances.

SECTION 2. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of certificates of stock and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

SECTION 3. LOST, STOLEN AND DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon satisfactory proof of that fact by the person claiming the certificate or certificates for shares to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, at its discretion, and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to publicize the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as the Board of Directors may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, or the issuance of the new certificate or certificates.

SECTION 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. Only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend or other distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. If no record

-10-

date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date shall be determined as provided by the laws of the State of Delaware. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE IX

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.

SECTION 1. SIGNATURES ON CHECKS, ETC. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, notes or other instruments or orders for the payment of money or evidences of indebtedness shall be signed for or in the name of the Corporation by such officer or officers, person or persons, as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate by resolution.

SECTION 2. EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS, DEEDS, ETC. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

ARTICLE X

CORPORATE SEAL

The seal of the Corporation shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the word “Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced in any manner whatsoever.

ARTICLE XI

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XII

VOTING OF STOCK HELD

Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation or association, any of whose stock or securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporations or associations, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation or association, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises; or any such officer may himself attend any meeting of the holders of stock or other securities of any such other corporation or association and thereat vote or exercise any or all other powers of the Corporation as the holder of such stock or other securities of such other corporation or association, or may consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation or association.

-11-

ARTICLE XIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,

EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS; INSURANCE

SECTION 1. INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law as it presently exists or hereafter may be amended (but, in the case of any amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of which he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or had agreed to served as a director, officer employee or agent of the Corporation of is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, office, employee or enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, or by whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or alleged action in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, finds, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such proceeding shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director.

SECTION 2. INDEMNIFICATION FOR COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES FOR A SUCCESSFUL PARTY. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article Thirteenth, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article Thirteenth, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

SECTION 3. ADVANCEMENT OF COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES. Cost, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a person referred to in Section 1 of this Article Thirteenth, in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding (including investigations by any government agency and all costs, charges and expenses incurred in preparing for any threatened action, suit or proceeding) shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that, if Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, the payment of such costs, charges and expenses incurred by a director or officer in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer) in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay

-12-

all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article Thirteenth, or otherwise. No security shall be required for such undertaking and such undertaking shall be accepted without referenced to the recipient’s financial ability to make repayment. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not meet any standard of conduct for indemnification imposed by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and subject to the approval of such director or officer, authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent such person in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is party to such action, suit or proceeding.

SECTION 4. PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under Section 1 or advance or costs, charges and expenses under Section 3 of this Article Thirteenth, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request by the director or officer directed to the Secretary of the Corporation. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article Thirteenth shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification or advances, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 3 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has not been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct, if any, set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, but the burden of proving that such standard of conduct has not been bet shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, if any, set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 5. OTHER RIGHTS; CONTINUATION OF RIGHTS OF INDEMNIFICATION. The indemnification provided by this Article Thirteenth, shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All rights to indemnification under this Article Thirteenth shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director and officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article Thirteenth is in effect. No amendment or repeal of this Article Thirteenth or of any relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or deny to any director or officer any rights to

-13-

indemnification which such person may have, or change or release any costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines, and amounts paid in settlement which arise out of an action, suite or proceeding based in whole or substantial part on any act or failure to act, actual or alleged, which takes place before or while this Article Thirteenth is in effect. The provisions of this Section 5 of Article Thirteenth shall apply to any such action, suit or proceeding commenced after any amendment or repeal of this Article Thirteenth. The right to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred on any person by this Article Thirteenth shall not limit the Corporation from providing any other indemnification permitted by law.

SECTION 6. SAVING CLAUSE. If this Article Thirteenth or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including any action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article Thirteenth that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 7. INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHER PERSONS. If authorized by the Board of Directors, the Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any other person whom it has the power to indemnify under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to the fullest extent permitted by such statute.

SECTION 8. INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain, insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE XIV

AMENDMENTS

All By-laws of the Corporation shall be subject to amendment or repeal, and new By-laws may be adopted, either

(a) by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, given at an annual meeting or at any special meeting of such stockholders, or without any such meeting of stockholders, by a written consent of stockholders in accordance with Section 8 of ARTICLE II of these By-laws, or

(b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation.

-14-

Exhibit 4.1


NUMBER U-		SERIES A UNITS

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS	MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

CUSIP

SERIES A UNITS CONSISTING OF TWO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, FIVE CLASS W WARRANTS EACH TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND FIVE CLASS Z WARRANTS EACH TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK


THIS CERTIFIES THAT


is the owner of				Series A Units.

Each Series A Unit (“Series A Unit”) consists of two (2) shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), five (5) Class W Warrants (the “Class W Warrants”) and five (5) Class Z Warrants (the “Class Z Warrants”). Each Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock for $5.00 per share (subject to adjustment). Each Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant will become exercisable on the later of (a) [ ], 2006 or (b) the earlier of the Company’s completion of a business combination or the distribution of funds held by that certain trust fund on behalf of the holders of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0001 per share. The Class W Warrants will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2010, or earlier upon redemption, and the Class Z Warrants will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2012, or earlier upon redemption. The Common Stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants comprising the Series A Units represented by this certificate are not transferable separately prior to [ ], 2005, subject to earlier separation in the discretion of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC. The terms of the Class W Warrants and the Class Z Warrants are governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2005, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (the “Warrant Agreement”), and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file at the office of the Warrant Agent at 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, and are available to any holder of Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants on written request and without cost.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Company.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signature of its duly authorized officers.


By

	President	Secretary

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM –	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-		Custodian
TEN ENT –	as tenants by the entireties		(Cust)		(Minor)
JT TEN –	as joint tenants with right of survivorship	under Uniform Gifts to Minors
	and not as tenants in common	Act_________________
			(State)

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)




		Series A Units

represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


		Attorney

to transfer the said Series A Units on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _______________________



		Notice:		The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 4.2


NUMBER U-		SERIES B UNITS

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS	MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

CUSIP

SERIES B UNITS CONSISTING OF TWO SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK, ONE CLASS W WARRANT TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND ONE CLASS Z WARRANT TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK


THIS CERTIFIES THAT


is the owner of				Series B Units.

Each Series B Unit (“Series B Unit”) consists of two (2) shares of Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), one (1) Class W Warrant (the “Class W Warrant”) and one (1) Class Z Warrant (the “Class Z Warrant”). Each Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one (1) share of common stock, par value $.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) for $5.00 per share (subject to adjustment). Each Class W Warrant and Class Z Warrant will become exercisable on the later of (a) [ ], 2006 or (b) the earlier of the Company’s completion of a business combination or the distribution of funds held by that certain trust fund on behalf of the holders of the Company’s Class B Common Stock. The Class W Warrants will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2010, or earlier upon redemption, and the Class Z Warrants will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2012, or earlier upon redemption. The Class B Common Stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants comprising the Series B Units represented by this certificate are not transferable separately prior to [ ], 2005, subject to earlier separation in the discretion of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC. The terms of the Class W Warrants and the Class Z Warrants are governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2005, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (the “Warrant Agreement”), and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file at the office of the Warrant Agent at 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, and are available to any holder of Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants on written request and without cost.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Company.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signature of its duly authorized officers.


By

	President	Secretary

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM –	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-		Custodian
TEN ENT –	as tenants by the entireties		(Cust)		(Minor)
JT TEN –	as joint tenants with right of survivorship	under Uniform Gifts to Minors
	and not as tenants in common	Act_________________
			(State)

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)




		Series B Units

represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


		Attorney

to transfer the said Series B Units on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ____________________



		Notice:		The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

Exhibit 4.3

NUMBER

COMMON STOCK

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

CUSIP

This

certifies

that

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.0001 PER SHARE, OF

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”), transferable upon the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued under and shall be subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation (copies of which are on file at the office of the Transfer Agent of the Corporation), to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof assents.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:


COUNTERSIGNED:	By:		By:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
as Warrant Agent

Authorized Officer		SECRETARY		PRESIDENT

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

CORPORATE

SEAL

2005

DELAWARE

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights or each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM –	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -		Custodian
TEN ENT –	as tenants by the entireties		(Cust)		(Minor)
JT TEN –	as joint tenants with right of	under Uniform Gifts to Minors
	survivorship and not as tenants	Act_________________
	in common		(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)





		shares of

the capital stock represented by the within Certificate; and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint________________________

		Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated



NOTICE:		THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
		WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR,
		WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Under no circumstances shall the holder of this certificate have any right or interest of any kind in or to the funds held in that certain trust fund established on behalf of the holders of the Corporation’s Class B common stock.

Exhibit 4.4

NUMBER

CLASS B

COMMON STOCK

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

CUSIP

This

certifies

that

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE

$.0001 PER SHARE, OF

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:


COUNTERSIGNED:	By:		By:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
as Transfer Agent

Authorized Officer		SECRETARY		PRESIDENT

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

CORPORATE

SEAL

2005

DELAWARE

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM –	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-		Custodian
TEN ENT –	as tenants by the entireties		(Cust)		(Minor)
JT TEN –	as joint tenants with right of	under Uniform Gifts to Minors
	survivorship and not as tenants	Act_________________
	in common		(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)





		shares of

the capital stock represented by the within Certificate; and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint________________________

		Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated



NOTICE:		THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
		WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR,
		WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE FUNDS FROM THAT CERTAIN TRUST FUND ESTABLISHED ON BEHALF OF THE HOLDERS OF THE CORPORATION’S CLASS B COMMON STOCK ONLY IN THE EVENT THAT THE CORPORATION IS UNABLE TO COMPLETE A BUSINESS COMBINATION OR IF THE HOLDER SEEKS TO CONVERT HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE SHARES INTO CASH UPON A BUSINESS COMBINATION WHICH HE OR SHE VOTED AGAINST AND WHICH IS ACTUALLY COMPLETED BY THE CORPORATION. IN NO OTHER EVENT SHALL THE HOLDER HAVE ANY RIGHT OR INTEREST OF ANY KIND IN OR TO THE TRUST FUND.

Exhibit 4.5

NUMBER

___________

(SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR LEGEND)

(THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, __________, 2010

WARRANTS

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.


						CUSIP

CLASS W WARRANT

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

is the registered holder of a Warrant or Warrants expiring , 2010 (the “Warrant”) to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Shares”), of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for each Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate. The Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase from the Company, commencing on the later of (i) , 2006 or (ii) the earlier of (a) the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination or (b) the distribution of the trust fund to the Company’s Class B stockholders , such number of Shares of the Company at the price of $5.00 per share, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (such payment to be made by check made payable to the Warrant Agent), but only subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, set forth on the face hereof, may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. The term Warrant Price as used in this Warrant Certificate refers to the price per Share at which Shares may be purchased at the time the Warrant is exercised.

No fraction of a Share will be issued upon any exercise of a Warrant. If the holder of a Warrant would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Share upon any exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of Shares to be issued to such holder.

Upon any exercise of the Warrant for less than the total number of full Shares provided for herein, there shall be issued to the registered holder hereof or his assignee a new Warrant Certificate covering the number of Shares for which the Warrant has not been exercised.

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent by the registered holder hereof in person or by attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Warrant Certificate at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Warrant does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

The Company reserves the right to call the Warrant, at any time prior to its exercise, with a notice of call in writing to the holders of record of the Warrant, giving 30 days’ notice of such call at any time after the Warrant becomes exercisable if the last sale price of the Shares has been at least $7.50 per share on each of 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of such call is given. The call price of the Warrants is to be $.05 per Warrant. Any Warrant either not exercised or tendered back to the Company by the end of the date specified in the notice of call shall be canceled on the books of the Company and have no further value except for the $.05 call price.

By:

Secretary

Chairman of the Board

SUBSCRIPTION FORM

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants

The undersigned Registered Holder irrevocably elects to exercise Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that Certificates for such shares shall be issued in the name of




		(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)





		(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
and be delivered to
		(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

and, if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below:


Dated: ________________________
				(SIGNATURE)


				(ADDRESS)




				(TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

ASSIGNMENT

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

For Value Received, hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto




		(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)





		(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
and be delivered to
		(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.



Dated: ________________________
				(SIGNATURE)

T HE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OF THE S UBSCRIPTION F ORM MUS t CORRESPOND TO THE NAME WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS W ARRANT C ERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR , WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER , AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE A MERICAN S TOCK E XCHANGE , N EW Y ORK S TOCK E XCHANGE , P ACIFIC S TOCK E XCHANGE OR C HICAGO S TOCK E XCHANGE .

Exhibit 4.6

NUMBER

___________

(SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR LEGEND)

(THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, __________, 2012)

WARRANTS

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.


						CUSIP

CLASS Z WARRANT

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

is the registered holder of a Warrant or Warrants expiring , 2012 (the “Warrant”) to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Shares”), of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for each Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate. The Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase from the Company, commencing on the later of (i) , 2006 or (ii) the earlier of (a) the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination or (b) the distribution of the trust fund to the Company’s Class B stockholders, such number of Shares of the Company at the price of $5.00 per share, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (such payment to be made by check made payable to the Warrant Agent), but only subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, set forth on the face hereof, may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. The term Warrant Price as used in this Warrant Certificate refers to the price per Share at which Shares may be purchased at the time the Warrant is exercised.

This Warrant does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

The Company reserves the right to call the Warrant, at any time prior to its exercise, with a notice of call in writing to the holders of record of the Warrant, giving 30 days’ notice of such call at any time after the Warrant becomes exercisable if the last sale price of the Shares has been at least $8.75 per share on each of 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of such call is given. The call price of the Warrants is to be $.05 per Warrant. Any Warrant either not exercised or tendered back to the Company by the end of the date specified in the notice of call shall be canceled on the books of the Company and have no further value except for the $.05 call price.

By:

Secretary

Chairman of the Board

SUBSCRIPTION FORM

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants




		(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)





		(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
and be delivered to
		(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)


Dated: ________________________
				(SIGNATURE)


				(ADDRESS)




				(TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

ASSIGNMENT

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

For Value Received, hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto




		(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)





		(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
and be delivered to
		(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

_____________________ of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _______________________________ Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.



Dated: ________________________
				(SIGNATURE)

T HE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OF THE S UBSCRIPTION F ORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS W ARRANT C ERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR , WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER , AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE A MERICAN S TOCK E XCHANGE , N EW Y ORK S TOCK E XCHANGE , P ACIFIC S TOCK E XCHANGE OR C HICAGO S TOCK E XCHANGE .

Exhibit 4.7

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE OPTION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) HCFP/BRENNER SECURITIES LLC (“BRENNER”) OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF BRENNER OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.

THIS PURCHASE OPTION IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO THE LATER OF (I) , 2006 OR (II) THE EARLIER OF THE CONSUMMATION BY MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP. (“COMPANY”) OF A MERGER, CAPITAL STOCK EXCHANGE, ASSET ACQUISITION OR OTHER SIMILAR BUSINESS COMBINATION (“BUSINESS COMBINATION”) (AS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE COMPANY’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT (DEFINED HEREIN)) OR THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE TRUST FUND (AS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE COMPANY’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT) TO THE HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY’S CLASS B COMMON STOCK. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, , 2010.

UNIT PURCHASE OPTION

For the Purchase of

25,000 Series A Units

and/or

230,000 Series B Units

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

1. Purchase Option .

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of $100 duly paid by or on behalf of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (“Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Option, to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time upon the later of (i) , 2006 or (ii) the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund to the holders of the Company’s Class B Common Stock (“Commencement Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, , 2010 (“Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to Twenty Five Thousand (25,000) Series A Units (“Series A Units”) of the Company and/or Two Hundred Thirty Thousand (230,000) Series B Units (“Series B Units” and together with the Series A Units, the “Units”). Each Series A Unit consists of two shares of common stock of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), five Class W Warrants (“Class W Warrants”) and five Class Z Warrants (“Class Z Warrants” and together with the Class W Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each Series B Unit consists of two shares of Class B common stock of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”),

one Class W Warrant and one Class Z Warrant. Each Warrant is the same as the warrants (“Public Warrants”) included in the Units being offered for sale to the public (“Offering”) by way of a registration statement (“Registration Statement”) except that the Warrants have an exercise price of $5.50 per share and the Class Z Warrants included in this Purchase Option expire five years from the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Option may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate the Purchase Option. This Purchase Option is initially exercisable at $ per Series A Unit and $ per Series B Unit so purchased; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Option, including the exercise price per Unit and the number of Units (and shares of Common Stock and Warrants) to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context.

2. Exercise .

2.1 Exercise Form . In order to exercise this Purchase Option, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Option and payment of the Exercise Price for the Units being purchased payable in cash or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date this Purchase Option shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

2.2 Legend . Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”):

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) or applicable state law. The securities may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state law.”

2.3 Cashless Exercise .

2.3.1 Determination of Amount . In lieu of the payment of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Units for which this Purchase Option is exercisable (and in lieu of being entitled to receive Common Stock and Warrants) in the manner required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to convert any exercisable but unexercised portion of this Purchase Option into Units (“Conversion Right”) as follows: upon exercise of the Conversion Right, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any of the Exercise Price in cash) that number of shares of Common Stock and Warrants comprising that number of Units equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the “Value” (as defined below) of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted by (y) the Current Market Value (as defined below). The “Value” of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted shall equal the remainder derived from subtracting (a) (i) the Exercise Price multiplied by (ii) the number of Units underlying the portion of this Purchase Option being converted from (b) the Current Market Value of a Unit multiplied by the number of Units underlying the

portion of the Purchase Option being converted. As used herein, the term “Current Market Value” per Unit at any date means the remainder derived from subtracting (x) the exercise price of the Warrants multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants underlying one Unit from (y) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of one Unit. The “Current Market Price” of a share of Common Stock shall mean (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market or NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor such as the Bulletin Board Exchange), the last sale price of the Common Stock in the principal trading market for the Common Stock as reported by the exchange, Nasdaq or the NASD, as the case may be; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor such as the Bulletin Board Exchange), but is traded in the residual over-the-counter market, the closing bid price for the Common Stock on the last trading day preceding the date in question for which such quotations are reported by the Pink Sheets, LLC or similar publisher of such quotations; and (iii) if the fair market value of the Common Stock cannot be determined pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, such price as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in good faith.

2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless Exercise . The Cashless Exercise Right may be exercised by the Holder on any business day on or after the Commencement Date and not later than the Expiration Date by delivering the Purchase Option with the duly executed exercise form attached hereto with the cashless exercise section completed to the Company, exercising the Cashless Exercise Right and specifying the total number of Units the Holder will purchase pursuant to such Cashless Exercise Right.

3. Transfer .

3.1 General Restrictions . The registered Holder of this Purchase Option, by its acceptance hereof, agrees that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Option for a period of one year following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) Brenner or an underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of Brenner or of any such underwriter or selected dealer. On and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Option and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five business days transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option or Purchase Options of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Units purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Act . The securities evidenced by this Purchase Option shall not be transferred unless and until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing that the opinion of Graubard Miller shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the availability of an exemption), or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to such securities has been filed by the

Company and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

4. New Purchase Options to be Issued .

4.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer . Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Option for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Option of like tenor to this Purchase Option in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Units purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Option has not been exercised or assigned.

4.2 Lost Certificate . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Option and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Option executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

5. Registration Rights .

5.1 Demand Registration .

5.1.1 Grant of Right . The Company, upon written demand (“Initial Demand Notice”) of the Holder(s) of at least 51% of the Purchase Options and/or the underlying Units and/or the underlying securities (“Majority Holders”), agrees to register on one occasion, all or any portion of the Purchase Options requested by the Majority Holders in the Initial Demand Notice and all of the securities underlying such Purchase Options, including the Units, Common Stock, the Warrants and the Common Stock underlying the Warrants (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities within sixty days after receipt of the Initial Demand Notice and use its best efforts to have such registration statement or post-effective amendment declared effective as soon as possible thereafter. The demand for registration may be made at any time during a period of five years beginning on the Effective Date. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Initial Demand Notice by any Holder(s) to all other registered Holders of the Purchase Options and/or the Registrable Securities within ten days from the date of the receipt of any such Initial Demand Notice.

5.1.2 Terms . The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such States as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such State, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their

shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement or post-effective amendment filed pursuant to the demand rights granted under Section 5.1.1 to remain effective for a period of nine consecutive months from the effective date of such registration statement or post-effective amendment.

5.2 “Piggy-Back” Registration .

5.2.1 Grant of Right . In addition to the demand right of registration, the Holders of the Purchase Options shall have the right for a period of seven years commencing on the Effective Date, to include the Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Act or pursuant to Form S-8); provided, however, that if, in the written opinion of the Company’s managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, for such offering, the inclusion of the Registrable Securities, when added to the securities being registered by the Company or the selling stockholder(s), will exceed the maximum amount of the Company’s securities which can be marketed (i) at a price reasonably related to their then current market value, and (ii) without materially and adversely affecting the entire offering, then the Company will still be required to include the Registrable Securities, but may require the Holders to agree, in writing, to delay the sale of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the offering, provided, further, that if the sale of any Registrable Securities is so delayed, then the number of securities to be sold by all stockholders in such public offering during such 90 day period shall be apportioned pro rata among all such selling stockholders, including all holders of the Registrable Securities, according to the total amount of securities of the Company owned by said selling stockholders, including all holders of the Registrable Securities.

5.2.2 Terms . The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions related to the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each applicable registration statement filed (during the period in which the Purchase Option is exercisable) by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been registered and sold. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the above “piggyback” rights to remain effective for at least nine months from the date that the Holders of the Registrable Securities are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities.

5.3 Damages . Should the registration or the effectiveness thereof required by Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof be delayed by the Company or the Company otherwise fails to comply with such provisions, the Company shall, in addition to any other equitable or other relief available to the Holder(s), be liable for any and all incidental, special and consequential damages sustained by the Holder(s), including, but not limited to, the loss of any profits that might have been received by the holder upon the sale of shares of Common Stock or Warrants (and shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants) underlying this Purchase Option.

5.4 General Terms .

5.4.1 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever whether arising out of any action between the Underwriter and the Company or between the Underwriter and any third party or otherwise) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters contained in Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement between the Company, Brenner and the other Underwriters named therein dated the Effective Date. The Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.

5.4.2 Exercise of Purchase Options . Nothing contained in this Purchase Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Purchase Options or Warrants underlying such Purchase Options prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

5.4.3 Documents Delivered to Holders . The Company shall furnish Brenner, as representative of the Holders participating in any of the foregoing offerings, a signed counterpart, addressed to the participating Holders, of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also deliver promptly to Brenner, as representative of the Holders participating in the offering, the correspondence and memoranda described below and copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit Brenner, as representative of the Holders, to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). Such investigation shall include access to

books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times and as often as Brenner, as representative of the Holders, shall reasonably request. The Company shall not be required to disclose any confidential information or other records to Brenner, as representative of the Holders, or to any other person, until and unless such persons shall have entered into reasonable confidentiality agreements (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company), with the Company with respect thereto.

5.4.4 Underwriting Agreement . The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any Holders whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders and their intended methods of distribution. Such Holders, however, shall agree to such covenants and indemnification and contribution obligations for selling stockholders as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. Further, such Holders shall execute appropriate custody agreements and otherwise cooperate fully in the preparation of the registration statement and other documents relating to any offering in which they include securities pursuant to this Section 5. Each Holder shall also furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities.

5.4.5 Rule 144 Sale . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5 to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation pursuant to Sections 5.1 or 5.2 for the registration of Registrable Securities held by any Holder (i) where such Holder would then be entitled to sell under Rule 144 within any three-month period (or such other period prescribed under Rule 144 as may be provided by amendment thereof) all of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder, and (ii) where the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder is within the volume limitations under paragraph (e) of Rule 144 (calculated as if such Holder were an affiliate within the meaning of Rule 144).

5.4.6 Supplemental Prospectus . Each Holder agrees, that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus, and, if so desired by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of such destruction) all copies, other than permanent file copies then

in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

6. Adjustments .

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities . The Exercise Price and the number of Units underlying the Purchase Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

6.1.1 Stock Dividends - Split-Ups . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 below, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of shares of Common Stock, and the exercise price applicable thereto, underlying the Warrants underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Warrants.

6.1.2 Aggregation of Shares . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of shares of Common Stock, and the exercise price applicable thereto, underlying the Warrants underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Warrants.

6.1.3 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Common Stock, or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Option shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Option) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Option and the underlying Warrants immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in shares of Common Stock covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

6.1.4 Changes in Form of Purchase Option . This form of Purchase Option need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section, and Purchase Options issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Units as are stated in the Purchase Options

initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Options reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

6.2 [Intentionally Omitted]

6.3 Substitute Purchase Option . In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Common Stock), the corporation formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Option providing that the holder of each Purchase Option then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Option) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Option, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which such Purchase Option might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Option shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided in Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

6.4 Elimination of Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of shares of Common Stock or Warrants upon the exercise of the Purchase Option, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up to the nearest whole number of Warrants, shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights.

7. Reservation and Listing . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Options or the Warrants underlying the Purchase Option, such number of shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all shares of Common Stock and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of the Warrants underlying the Purchase Options and payment of the respective Warrant exercise price therefor, all shares of Common Stock and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all (i) Units and shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Options, (iii) Warrants issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Options and (iv) shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Units issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Option to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on the Nasdaq National Market, SmallCap Market, OTC Bulletin Board or any successor trading market) on which the Units, the Common Stock or the Public Warrants issued to the public in connection herewith may then be listed and/or quoted.

8. Certain Notice Requirements .

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice . Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Options and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders.

8.2 Events Requiring Notice . The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, or (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or merger) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price . The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s President and Chief Financial Officer.

8.4 Transmittal of Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Option shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered, or mailed by express mail or private courier service: (i) If to the registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to the following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

Attn: Rhodric C. Hackman

9. Miscellaneous .

9.1 Amendments . The Company and Brenner may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Option without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and Brenner may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and Brenner deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

9.2 Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

10. Entire Agreement . This Purchase Option (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Option) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10.1 Binding Effect . This Purchase Option shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Option or any provisions herein contained.

10.2 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Purchase Option shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

10.3 Waiver, Etc . The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Option or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or

non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

10.4 Execution in Counterparts . This Purchase Option may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

10.5 Exchange Agreement . As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Option by Holder, if the Company and Brenner enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

10.6 Cancellation or Conversion of Class B Common Stock . At any time after the consummation of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund to the holders of the Company’s Class B Common Stock thereby causing such Class B Common Stock to be cancelled or converted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the rights of the Holder to exercise this Purchase Option and obtain shares of Class B Common Stock underlying Series B Units shall automatically be converted into the right to obtain the same number of shares of Common Stock as the number of shares of Class B Common Stock as such holder would have been entitled to obtain upon exercise of this Purchase Option.

10.7 Underlying Warrants . At any time after exercise by the Holder of this Purchase Option, the Holder may exchange his Warrants (with a $5.50 exercise price) for Public Warrants (with a $5.00 exercise price) upon payment to the Company of the difference between the exercise price of his Warrant and the exercise price of the Public Warrants.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Option to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the day of , 2005.


MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

Date: , 200

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise all or a portion of the within Purchase Option and to purchase Series Units of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. and hereby makes payment of $ (at the rate of $ per Series Unit) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Common Stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase Series Units purchasable under the within Purchase Option by surrender of the unexercised portion of the attached Purchase Option (with a “Value” based of $ based on a “Market Price” of $ ). Please issue the securities comprising the Series Units as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

Signature

Signature Guaranteed

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Name

(Print in Block Letters)

Address

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Option):

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,

does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

the right to purchase Series Units of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”)

evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right

on the books of the Company.

Dated: , 200

Signature

Signature Guaranteed

Exhibit 4.8


		WARRANT AGREEMENT made as of , 2005 by and between MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation, with offices at One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080, Reston, Virginia 20190 (“Company”), and AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY , a New York corporation, with offices at 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038 (“Warrant Agent”).

The Company has heretofore sold and delivered to its executive officers and directors (collectively, “Insiders”) an aggregate of (i) 2,475,000 Class W Warrants (“Class W Warrants”) and (ii) 2,475,000 Class Z Warrants (“Class Z Warrants”), each such Warrant evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), for $5.00, subject to adjustment as described herein (the Class W Warrants and the Class Z Warrants sold to the Insiders being hereinafter referred to, collectively, as “Insiders’ Warrants”); and

The Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of Units (“Units”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to (i) 8,165,000 Class W Warrants and 8,165,000 Class Z Warrants (collectively, “Public Warrants”) to the public investors, and (ii) 355,000 Class W Warrants and 355,000 Class Z Warrants to HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (“Brenner”) or its designees (“Representative’s Warrants” and, collectively with the Insiders’ Warrants and the Public Warrants, “Warrants”); and

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement, No. 333- on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”) for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and

The Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

The Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

All acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Warrant Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Warrants .

2.1. Form of Warrant . Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the respective forms of Exhibits A and B hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board or President and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

2.2. Effect of Countersignature . Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3. Registration .

2.3.1. Warrant Register . The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

2.3.2. Registered Holder . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”), as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

2.4. Detachability of Warrants . The securities comprising the Units will not be separately transferable until 90 days after the date hereof unless Brenner informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will Brenner allow separate trading of the securities comprising the Units until the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.

2.5 Warrant Attributes . The Insiders’ Warrants, the Public Warrants and the Representative’s Warrants shall have the same terms except with respect to the Warrant Price and Exercise Period as set forth below in Sections 3.1 and 3.2.

3. Terms and Exercise of Warrants

3.1. Warrant Price . Each Insiders’ Warrant and Public Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Insiders’ Warrant and Public Warrant, as applicable, and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Common Stock stated therein, at the price of $5.00 per whole share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. Each Representative’s Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Representative’s Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Common Stock stated therein, at the price of $5.50 per whole share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

3.2. Duration of Warrants .

(a) A Class W or Class Z Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on the later of (i) , 2006 or (ii) the earlier of (a) the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination (“Business Combination”) (as described more fully in the Company’s Registration Statement) or (b) the distribution of the trust fund (as described more fully in the Registration Statement) to the Company’s Class B stockholders. Each Insiders’ Warrant and Public Warrant shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the earlier to occur of (i) , 2010 if a Class W Warrant or , 2012 if a Class Z Warrant, as applicable, or (ii) the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”). Each Representative’s Warrant shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the earlier to occur of (i) , 2010 or (ii) the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement.

(b) Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date.

3.3. Exercise of Warrants .

3.3.1. Payment . Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Warrant Agreement, a Warrant, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering it, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or at the office of its

successor as Warrant Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant, duly executed, and by paying in full, in lawful money of the United States, in cash, good certified check or good bank draft payable to the order of the Company (or as otherwise agreed to by the Company), the Warrant Price for each full share of Common Stock as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for the Common Stock, and the issuance of the Common Stock.

3.3.2. Issuance of Certificates . As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrant a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new countersigned Warrant for the number of shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Common Stock is effective. Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.

3.3.3. Valid Issuance . All shares of Common Stock issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.3.4. Date of Issuance . Each person in whose name any such certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

3.3.5. Warrant Solicitation and Warrant Solicitation Fee .

a. The Company has engaged Brenner, on a non-exclusive basis, as its agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrants. The Company, at its cost, will (i) assist Brenner with respect to such solicitation, if requested by Brenner, and (ii) provide Brenner, and direct the Company’s transfer agent and the Warrant Agent to deliver to Brenner, lists of the record and, to the extent known, beneficial owners of the Company’s Warrants. The Company hereby instructs the Warrant Agent to cooperate with Brenner in every respect in connection with Brenner’s solicitation activities, including, but not limited to, providing to Brenner, at the Company’s cost, a list of record and beneficial holders of the Warrants and circulating a prospectus or offering circular disclosing the compensation arrangements referenced in Section 3.3.5(b) below to holders of the Warrants at the time of exercise of the Warrants. In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 3.3.5(b), Brenner shall accept payment of the warrant solicitation fee provided in Section 3.3.5(b) only if it has provided bona fide services to the Company in connection with the exercise of the Warrants and only to the extent that an investor who exercises his Warrants

specifically designates, in writing, that Brenner solicited his exercise. In addition to soliciting, either orally or in writing, the exercise of Warrants by a Warrant holder, such services may also include disseminating information, either orally or in writing, to Warrant holders about the Company or the market for the Company’s securities, or assisting in the processing of the exercise of Warrants.

b. In each instance in which a Warrant is exercised, the Warrant Agent shall promptly give written notice of such exercise to the Company and Brenner (“Warrant Agent’s Exercise Notice”). If, upon the exercise of any Warrant more than one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement, (i) the market price of the Company’s Common Stock is greater than the Warrant Price, (ii) disclosure of compensation arrangements between the Company and Brenner with respect to the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrants was made both at the time of the Public Offering and at the time of exercise (by delivery of the Prospectus or as otherwise required by applicable law, rule or regulation), (iii) the holder of the Warrant confirms in writing that the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by Brenner, (iv) the Warrant was not held in a discretionary account, and (v) the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrant was not in violation of Regulation M (as such rule or any successor rule may be in effect as of such time of exercise) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, then the Warrant Agent, simultaneously with the distribution of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants so exercised in accordance with the instructions from the Company following receipt of the proceeds to the Company received upon exercise of such Warrant(s), shall, on behalf of the Company, pay a fee of 5% of the Warrant Price to Brenner, provided that Brenner delivers to the Warrant Agent within ten (10) business days from the date on which Brenner has received the Warrant Agent’s Exercise Notice, a certificate that the conditions set forth in the preceding clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fee will be paid to Brenner with respect to the exercise by the Underwriters or their affiliates or the Company’s officers or directors of Warrants purchased by it or them upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants and still held by any of the Underwriters or them for its or their own account. Brenner and the Company may at any time during business hours, examine the records of the Warrant Agent, including its ledger of original Warrant certificates returned to the Warrant Agent upon exercise of Warrants.

c. The provisions of this Section 3.3.5. may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Brenner.

4. Adjustments .

4.1. Stock Dividends - Split-Ups . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock, or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

4.2. Aggregation of Shares . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Common Stock or other similar

event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

4.3 Adjustments in Exercise Price . Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Section 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

4.4. Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in shares of Common Stock covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4.4. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

4.5. Notices of Changes in Warrant . Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to the Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the warrant register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

4.6. No Fractional Shares . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of the shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrant holder.

4.7. Form of Warrant . The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

5. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .

5.1. Registration of Transfer . The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

5.2. Procedure for Surrender of Warrants . Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

5.3. Fractional Warrants . The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a warrant.

5.4. Service Charges . No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

5.5. Warrant Execution and Countersignature . The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

6. Redemption .

6.1. Redemption . Subject to Section 6.4 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Class W Warrants and/or Class Z Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2., at the price of $.05 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that the last sales price of the Common Stock has been at least $7.50 per share in the case of the Class W Warrants and $8.75 per share in the case of the Class Z Warrants, as applicable, on each of twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given. The provisions of this Section 6.1 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Brenner.

6.2. Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption . In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Class W and/or Class Z Warrants, as applicable, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than 30 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Class W or Class Z Warrants, as applicable, to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

6.3. Exercise After Notice of Redemption . The Class W or Class Z Warrants, as applicable, may be exercised in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2. hereof and prior to the time and date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, the record holders of such Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

6.4 Exclusion of Certain Warrants .

(a) The Company understands that the redemption rights provided for by this Section 6 apply only to outstanding Warrants. To the extent a person holds rights to purchase Warrants, such purchase rights shall not be extinguished by redemption. However, once such purchase rights are exercised, the Company may redeem the Warrants issued upon such exercise provided that the criteria for redemption is met. The provisions of this Section 6.4(a) may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Brenner.

(b) The Insider Warrants may not be redeemed by the Company so long as such Insider Warrants are held by the Insiders. However, once an Insider transfers his Insider Warrants, such Insider Warrants shall then be redeemable by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

7. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .

7.1. No Rights as Stockholder . A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

7.2. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants . If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

7.3. Reservation of Common Stock . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4. Registration of Common Stock . The Company agrees that prior to the commencement of the Exercise Period, it shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a new registration statement, for the registration, under the Act, of, and it shall take such action as is necessary to qualify for sale, in those states in which the Warrants were initially offered by the Company, the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. In either case, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 7.4 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Brenner.

8. Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .

8.1. Payment of Taxes . The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

8.2. Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent .

8.2.1. Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company

shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

8.2.2. Notice of Successor Warrant Agent . In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Common Stock not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

8.2.3. Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent . Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

8.3. Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .

8.3.1. Remuneration . The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

8.3.2. Further Assurances . The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4. Liability of Warrant Agent .

8.4.1. Reliance on Company Statement . Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4.2. Indemnity . The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

8.4.3. Exclusions . The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

8.5. Acceptance of Agency . The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of the Company’s Common Stock through the exercise of Warrants.

9. Miscellaneous Provisions .

9.1. Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

9.2. Notices . Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

Attn: Chairman

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attn: Compliance Department

with a copy in each case to:

Eaton & Van Winkle LLP

3 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attn: Vincent J. McGill, Esq.

and

Graubard Miller

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq.

and

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Attn: Ira Greenspan

9.3. Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenience forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

9.4. Persons Having Rights under this Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Sections 3.3.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof, Brenner, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. Brenner shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 3.3.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and Brenner with respect to the Sections 3.3.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

9.5. Examination of the Warrant Agreement . A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

9.6. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.


MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name: Title:


AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

By:
		Name: Title:

Exhibit 5.1

[LETTERHEAD OF EATON & VAN WINKLE LLP]

January 25, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion as counsel to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333- (the “Registration Statement”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the registration thereunder of:

(i) 1,000,000 shares (the “Common Shares”) of common stock, $.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”);

(ii) 9,200,000 shares (the “Class B Shares”) of Class B common stock, $.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Class B Common Stock”);

(iii) 7,100,000 Class W warrants to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Class W Warrants”);

(iv) 7,100,000 Class Z warrants to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Class Z Warrants” and, collectively with the Class W Warrants, the “Warrants”);

(v) 14,200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (the “Warrant Stock”);

(vi) 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Common Stock”);

(vii) 1,380,000 shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (the “Over-Allotment Class B Common Stock”);

(viii) 1,065,000 Class W Warrants issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Over-Allotment Class W Warrants”);

(ix) 1,065,000 Class Z Warrants issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Over-Allotment Class Z Warrants” and, collectively with the Over-Allotment Class W Warrants, the “Over-Allotment Warrants”);

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

January 25, 2005

Page 2

(x) 2,130,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Warrants (the “Over-Allotment Warrant Stock”);

(xi) an option issuable to the representative of the underwriters named in the Registration Statement to purchase Series A Units of the Corporation and/or Series B Units of the Corporation (the “Representative’s Purchase Option”);

(xii) 50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Purchase Option (the “Representative’s Common Stock”);

(xiii) 460,000 shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Purchase Option (the “Representative’s Class B Common Stock” and, collectively with the Representative’s Common Stock, the “Representative’s Stock”);

(xiv) 355,000 Class W Warrants issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Purchase Option, to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Representative’s Class W Warrants”);

(xv) 355,000 Class Z Warrants issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Purchase Option, to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Representative’s Class Z Warrants” and, collectively with the Representative’s Class W Warrants, the “Representative’s Warrants”);

(xvi) 710,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants (the “Representative’s Warrant Stock”);

(xvii) 2,475,000 Class W Warrants beneficially owned by the directors, affiliates of directors and special advisors of the Company to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Insiders’ Class W Warrants”);

(xviii) 2,475,000 Class Z Warrants beneficially owned by the directors, affiliates of directors and special advisors of the Company to purchase an identical number of shares of Common Stock (the “Insiders’ Class Z Warrants” and, collectively with the Insiders’ Class W Warrants, the “Insiders’ Warrants”); and

(xix) 4,950,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Insiders’ Warrants (the “Insiders’ Warrant Stock”).

In such capacity, we have examined and are familiar with the corporate records of the Company, including its Certificate of Incorporation, its By-Laws, and minutes of meetings, or written consents executed in lieu thereof, of its Board of Directors and stockholders. We have also examined such certificates of public officials, certificates of officers of the Company and other records and documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary for the purposes of the opinions herein expressed.

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

January 25, 2005

Page 3

In making the aforesaid examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures and the conformity to original documents of all copies furnished to us as original or photostatic copies. We have also assumed that the corporate records furnished to us by the Company include all corporate proceedings taken by the Company to date.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth herein, it is our opinion that:

1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. The Common Shares, Class B Shares, Warrant Stock, Over-Allotment Common Stock, Over-Allotment Class B Common Stock, Over-Allotment Warrant Stock, Representative’s Stock, Representative’s Warrant Stock and Insiders’ Warrant Stock have each been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

3. The Class W Warrants, Class Z Warrants, Over-Allotment Class W Warrants, Over-Allotment Class Z Warrants, Representative’s Purchase Option, Representative’s Class W Warrants, Representative’s Class Z Warrants, Insiders’ Class W Warrants and Insiders’ Class Z Warrants have each been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued.

The foregoing opinions are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the laws of the United States of America and Delaware general corporation laws (including the applicable provisions of the Delaware constitution and reported judicial opinions interpreting same), and do not purport to express any opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm and this opinion under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus comprising a part of such Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.


Very truly yours,

EATON & VAN WINKLE LLP

By:		/s/ Vincent J. McGill
		A Member of the Firm

Exhibit 10.1

January 20, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Re:

Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned stockholder, officer and director of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”), in consideration of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (“Brenner”)’s willingness to underwrite an initial public offering of the securities of the Company (“IPO”) and embarking on the IPO process, hereby agrees as follows (certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 9 hereof):

1. In the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 12 months from the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the registration statement relating to the IPO (or 18 months under the circumstances described in the prospectus relating to the IPO), the undersigned will take all reasonable actions within his power to cause the Trust Fund to be liquidated and distributed to the holders of the IPO Shares no later than 60 days from the Effective Date. The undersigned waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distribution of the Trust Fund as a result of such liquidation with respect to his Insider Shares (“Claim”) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any claim he may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any contracts or agreements with the Company. The undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any and all loss, liability, claims, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) which the Company may become subject as a result of any claim by any vendor or other person who is owed money by the Company for services rendered or products sold, or by any target business, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense does not reduce the amount in the Trust Fund.

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 2

2. In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the undersigned agrees to present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire an operating business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the liquidation of the Trust Fund or until such time as the undersigned ceases to be an officer or director of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary obligations the undersigned might have.

3. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Company will not consummate any Business Combination which involves a company which is affiliated with any of the Insiders unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Brenner that the business combination is fair to the Company’s stockholders from a financial perspective.

4. Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, nor any Affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation for services rendered to the Company prior to the consummation of the Business Combination; provided that commencing on the Effective Date, Mercator Capital L.L.C. (“Related Party”) shall be allowed to charge the Company an allocable share of Related Party’s overhead, up to $7,500 per month, to compensate for the Company’s use of Related Party’s offices, utilities and personnel. Related Party and the undersigned shall also be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

5. Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, or any Affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned or any Affiliate of the undersigned originates a Business Combination.

6. The undersigned agrees not to sell any of his Insider Securities until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund.

7. I agree to be the President, Secretary and a director of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund. The undersigned’s biographical information furnished to

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 3

the Company and Brenner and attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and accurate in all respects and does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s background. The undersigned’s Questionnaire furnished to the Company and Brenner and annexed as Exhibit B hereto is true and accurate in all respects.

8. I have full right and power, without violating any agreement by which I am bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as President, Secretary and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

9. As used herein, (i) a “Business Combination” shall mean an acquisition by merger, capital stock exchange, asset or stock acquisition, reorganization or otherwise, of an operating business selected by the Company; (ii) “Insiders” shall mean all officers, directors and stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “Insider Securities” shall mean all of the shares of common stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants (and all shares of common stock underlying such securities) of the Company owned by an Insider prior to the IPO; (iv) “IPO Shares” shall mean the shares of Class B common stock issued in the Company’s IPO; and (v) “Trust Fund” shall mean that portion of the net proceeds of the IPO placed in trust for the benefit of the holders of the IPO Shares as contemplated by the Company’s prospectus relating to the IPO.

Rhodric C. Hackman

/s/ Rhodric C. Hackman

Signature

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 4

EXHIBIT A

In October 1999, Mr. Hackman co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C., a merchant and investment bank focused on communications, media and technology. Mr. Hackman has been a partner of Mercator Capital and its affiliates since formation. In January 1991, Mr. Hackman co-founded Hackman, Baring & Co. Incorporated, a boutique investment bank specializing in the communications industry. Mr. Hackman served as a principal of Hackman, Baring & Co. until it was sold to PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities in September 1997. From the date of the sale until September 1999, Mr. Hackman served as Co-Head of Communications & Media in the investment banking group at PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From June 1993 to March 1995, Mr. Hackman was President and a member of the board of directors of HB Communications Acquisition Corp., a blank check company with an objective to acquire an operating business in the communications industry. From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Hackman served as Co-Head of Communications in the investment banking group at Kidder, Peabody & Co., an investment banking firm. Mr. Hackman received a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from Cornell University.

Exhibit 10.2

January 20, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Re:

Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 2

6. The undersigned agrees not to sell any of his Insider Securities until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund.

7. I agree to be the Executive Vice President and director of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund. The undersigned’s biographical information furnished to

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 3

8. I have full right and power, without violating any agreement by which I am bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as Executive Vice President and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Lior Samuelson

/s/ Lior Samuelson

Signature

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 4

EXHIBIT A

In October 1999, Mr. Samuelson co-founded Mercator Capital and has been a partner of it and its affiliates since formation. From 1997 until 1999, Mr. Samuelson was President and Chief Executive Officer of PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Samuelson served as Chief Executive Officer of Barents Group, a merchant bank and advisory firm specializing in assisting companies in emerging markets. Barents Group was a subsidiary of KPMG which grew to approximately 400 professionals. In 1985, Mr. Samuelson joined PEG Group, a company that specialized in developing simulation software and services, which was sold to KPMG in December 1986. Mr. Samuelson became a partner of KPMG in 1986, and served as a partner of KPMG until 1994. From 1980 until 1985 Mr. Samuelson served in a senior management position with Booz, Allen & Hamilton a management consulting firm. Since August 2001, Mr. Samuelson has served as a director of Deltathree, Inc. (NASDAQ:DDDC), an internet telephony company, and, since April 2001, as a director of Civcom, a privately held telecommunication equipment company. Mr. Samuelson received a B.S. and an M.S. from Virginia Tech.

Exhibit 10.3

January 20, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Re:

Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 2

6. The undersigned agrees not to sell any of his Insider Securities until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund.

7. I agree to be the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and director of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund. The undersigned’s

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 3

biographical information furnished to the Company and Brenner and attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and accurate in all respects and does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s background. The undersigned’s Questionnaire furnished to the Company and Brenner and annexed as Exhibit B hereto is true and accurate in all respects.

8. I have full right and power, without violating any agreement by which I am bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

David Ballarini

/s/ David Ballarini

Signature

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 4

EXHIBIT A

In October 1999, Mr. Ballarini co-founded Mercator Capital L.L.C. and has been a partner of it and its affiliates since formation. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Ballarini served as Director of Strategy and Corporate Development in the communications & media investment banking group at PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Ballarini served as an engagement manager of McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm, where he specialized in advising companies across various industries on growth strategy development, including executing strategic acquisitions and divestures as well as leading post-merger integration activities. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Ballarini attended business school. From 1985 until 1991, Mr. Ballarini was involved in several key defense technology programs including aircraft and aerospace system development initiatives as a senior project manager at Atlantic Research Corporation and the United States Naval Air Development Center. Mr. Ballarini received a B.S.E. from Princeton University, an M.S.A.E. from Georgia Tech as well as an M.B.A. from The Wharton School.

Exhibit 10.4

January 20, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Re:

Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 2

6. The undersigned agrees not to sell any of his Insider Securities until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund.

7. I agree to be the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund. The undersigned’s biographical information furnished to the Company and Brenner and attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and accurate in all respects, does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s background. The undersigned’s Questionnaire furnished to the Company and Brenner and annexed as Exhibit B hereto is true and accurate in all respects. The undersigned represents and warrants that:

(a) he is not subject to or a respondent in any legal action for, any injunction, cease-and-desist order or order or stipulation to desist or refrain from any act or practice relating to the offering of securities in any jurisdiction;

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 3

(b) he has never been convicted of or pleaded guilty to any crime (i) involving any fraud or (ii) relating to any financial transaction or handling of funds of another person, or (iii) pertaining to any dealings in any securities and he is not currently a defendant in any such criminal proceeding; and

(c) he has never been suspended or expelled from membership in any securities or commodities exchange or association or had a securities or commodities license or registration denied, suspended or revoked.

8. I have full right and power, without violating any agreement by which I am bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

H. Brian Thompson

/s/ H. Brian Thompson

Signature

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 4

EXHIBIT A

Since January 2003, Mr. Thompson also has been the Chairman of Comsat International, one of the largest independent telecommunications operators serving Latin America. Comsat, acquired from Lockheed Martin in a transaction completed in October 2002, provides international data and voice communications services to commercial customers and other telecommunications carriers through a fully integrated fiber, wireless, and satellite network. Mr. Thompson has also been the Chief Executive Officer of Universal Telecommunications, Inc., a private equity investment and advisory firm, focused on consolidations and start-up companies in the communications industry, since he formed it in June 1991. Since October 1998, Mr. Thompson has also served as the Co-Chairman for the Americas of the Global Information Infrastructure Commission, a multinational organization comprised of international communication industry professionals, the strategic objective of which is to chart the role of the private sector in the developing global information and telecommunications infrastructure. From March 1999 to September 2000, Mr. Thompson was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Global TeleSystems, Inc. (formerly Global TeleSystems Group, Inc.), a provider of data, internet and broadband, internet and voice services, serving businesses and carriers throughout Europe. From 1991 to June 1998, Mr. Thompson served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of LCI International, Inc., which became a leading telecommunications provider during his tenure. In June 1998, LCI merged with Qwest Communications International Inc. and until December 1998 Mr. Thompson served as Vice Chairman of the board of Qwest. From 1981 to 1990, Mr. Thompson served as Executive Vice President of MCI Communications Corporation, with responsibility for eight operating divisions, including MCI International. Mr. Thompson was previously a management consultant specializing in telecommunications and technology enterprises with McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm.

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

January 20, 2005

Page 5

Telecommunications and, more recently, the Advisory Committee on Infocoms, for Ireland’s Department of Public Enterprise. From January 1999 to March 1999, Mr. Thompson served as non-executive Chairman of Telecom Eireann, Ireland’s incumbent telephone company. Mr. Thompson received a B.S. from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Exhibit 10.5

January 21, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Re:

Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, in consideration of HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (“Brenner”)’s willingness to underwrite an initial public offering of the securities of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) (the “IPO”) and embarking on the IPO process, hereby agrees as follows (certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 8 hereof):

1. The undersigned waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distribution of the Trust Fund as a result of such liquidation with respect to his Insider Shares and hereby agrees not to seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any claim he may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any contracts or agreements with the Company.

2. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Company will not consummate any Business Combination which involves a company which is affiliated with any of the Insiders unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Brenner that the business combination is fair to the Company’s stockholders from a financial perspective.

3. Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, nor any Affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation for services rendered to the Company prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. The undersigned shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

4. Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, or any Affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned or any Affiliate of the undersigned originates a Business Combination.

5. The undersigned agrees not to sell any of his Insider Securities until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund.

6. I agree to be a Special Advisor to the Company. The undersigned’s biographical information furnished to the Company and Brenner and attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and accurate in all respects, does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s background. The undersigned’s Questionnaire furnished to the Company and Brenner and annexed as Exhibit B hereto is true and accurate in all respects. The undersigned represents and warrants that:

7. I have full right and power, without violating any agreement by which I am bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as a Special Advisor to the Company.

8. As used herein, (i) a “Business Combination” shall mean an acquisition by merger, capital stock exchange, asset or stock acquisition, reorganization or otherwise, of an operating business selected by the Company; (ii) “Insiders” shall mean all officers, directors and stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “Insider Securities” shall mean all of the shares of common stock, Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants (and all shares of common stock underlying such securities) of the Company owned by an Insider prior to the IPO; (iv) “IPO Shares” shall mean the shares of Class B common stock issued in the Company’s IPO; and (v) “Trust Fund” shall mean that portion of the net proceeds of the IPO placed in trust for the benefit of the holders of the IPO Shares as contemplated by the Company’s prospectus relating to the IPO.

Alex Mandl

Print Name of Insider

/s/ Alex Mandl

Signature

Page 2

EXHIBIT A

Since September 2002, Mr. Mandl has served as Chief Executive Officer of Gemplus International S.A. (NASDAQ:GEMP), a leading provider of smart card technologies serving the wireless, financial services, identification and security markets, and, since October 2002, as a Director of Gemplus International. From April 2001 through August 2002, Mr. Mandl was a principal in ASM Investments focusing on technology investments. From 1996 to March 2001, Mr. Mandl served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Teligent Inc., a company he started in 1996 which offered the business markets an alternative to the local Bell Companies for telecommunication/internet services. With the collapse of the new competitive local exchange carrier industry and the closing of the capital markets for this sector, on May 21, 2001, Teligent filed for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Mandl was with AT&T where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer with responsibility for long distance, wireless, local communications and internet services. Prior this position, Mr. Mandl was AT&T’s Chief Financial Officer. Between 1987 and 1991, Mr. Mandl was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sea-Land Services, Inc., a provider of ocean transport services. In 1980, he joined Seaboard Coastline Industries, a diversified transportation company, as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Mandl began his career in 1969, when he joined Boise Cascade Corp. as a merger and acquisition analyst, and he held various financial positions during the next eleven years. Mr. Mandl serves on the boards of Dell Inc. (NASDAQ:DELL), the Walter A. Haas School of Business at the University of California at Berkeley, Willamette University and the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research. Mr. Mandl holds a B.A. in economics from Willamette University in Salem, Oregon and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

Exhibit 10.6

January 21, 2005

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Re:

Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

5. The undersigned agrees not to sell any of his Insider Securities until the earlier of the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or the distribution of the Trust Fund.

7. I have full right and power, without violating any agreement by which I am bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as a Special Advisor to the Company.

Morgan E. O’Brien

Print Name of Insider

/s/ Morgan E. O’Brien

Signature

Page 2

EXHIBIT A

Mr. O’Brien has served as Vice Chairman of Nextel (NASDAQ:NXTL) since 1996. Mr. O’Brien co-founded what would become Nextel (Fleet Call) in 1987 and served as Chairman of the Board through 1996. From 1987 to 1994, Mr. O’Brien also served as General Counsel of Nextel. Mr. O’Brien was with the firm of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue from January 1986 to January 1990, during which time he served as the partner-in-charge of the firm’s telecommunications practice. Mr. O’Brien also served as a consultant to Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue from January 1990 to October 1991. From June 1979 until April 1987, Mr. O’Brien was in private legal practice and represented major specialized mobile radio operators in proceedings before the Federal Communications Commission. From October 1970 to June 1979, Mr. O’Brien served in a variety of legal and managerial positions with the FCC in the areas of private radio and radio common carrier administration. Mr. O’Brien began his career as a lawyer with the Mobile Services Division of the FCC in 1970 where he assisted in establishing the rules and procedures for all land mobile services. Mr. O’Brien currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of The Field School in Washington, DC, and is also a member of the law board of Northwestern University School of Law. Mr. O’Brien received an A.B. in Classical Studies from Georgetown University and a J.D. from Northwestern University.

Exhibit 10.7


				INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT made as of , 2005 by and between MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP. (the “Company”) and AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee (“Trustee”).

The Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333- (“Registration Statement”), for its initial public offering of securities (“IPO”) has been declared effective as of the date hereof by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Effective Date”); and

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (“Brenner”) is acting as the representative of the underwriters in the IPO; and

As described in the Company’s Registration Statement, and in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, $46,460,000 of the gross proceeds of the IPO ($53,429,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a trust account for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $.0001 per share, issued in the IPO as hereinafter provided and in the event the Units are registered in Colorado, pursuant to Section 11-51-302(6) of the Colorado Revised Statutes. A copy of the Colorado Statute is attached hereto and made a part hereof (the amount to be delivered to the Trustee will be referred to herein as the “Property”; the stockholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Stockholders,” and the Public Stockholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

The Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property;

1. Agreements and Covenants of Trustee . The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including the terms of Section 11-51-302(6) of the Colorado Statute, in a segregated trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Trustee at a branch of JPMorgan Chase NY Bank selected by the Trustee;

(b) Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

(c) In a timely manner, upon the instruction of the Company, to invest and reinvest the Property in any “Government Security.” As used herein, Government Security means any Treasury Bill issued by the United States, having a maturity of one hundred and eighty days or less;

(d) Collect and receive, when due, all principal and income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

(e) Notify the Company of all communications received by it with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

(f) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company in connection with the Company’s preparation of the tax returns for the Trust Account;

(g) Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company to do so;

(h) Render to the Company and to Brenner, and to such other person as the Company may instruct, monthly written statements of the activities of and amounts in the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account; and

(i) Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only after receipt of and only in accordance with the terms of a letter (“Termination Letter”), in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B, signed on behalf of the Company by its President or Chairman of the Board and Secretary, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein.

2. Agreements and Covenants of the Company . The Company hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Company’s President or Chairman of the Board. In addition, except with respect to its duties under paragraph 1(i) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it in good faith believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

(b) Hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against, any and all expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Trustee in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any income earned from investment of the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this paragraph, it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”). The Trustee shall have the right

to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim, provided, that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Company with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may participate in such action with its own counsel; and

(c) Pay the Trustee an initial acceptance fee of $1,000 and an annual fee of $3,000 (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fee). The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and first year’s fee at the consummation of the IPO and thereafter on the anniversary of the Effective Date. The Trustee shall refund to the Company the fee (on a pro rata basis) with respect to any period after the liquidation of the Trust Fund. The Company shall not be responsible for any other fees or charges of the Trustee except as may be provided in paragraph 2(b) hereof (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to make any payments to the Trustee under such paragraph).

3. Limitations of Liability . The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

(a) Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in paragraph 1 hereof and the Trustee shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(b) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Trustee, in good faith, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

(g) Verify the correctness of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or to confirm or assure that any acquisition made by the Company or any other action taken by it is as contemplated by the Registration Statement; and

(h) Pay any taxes on behalf of the Trust Account (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay any such taxes and that such taxes, if any, shall be paid by the Company from funds not held in the Trust Account).

4. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

(a) If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee. At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed by the Company and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that, in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever;

(b) At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1(i) hereof, and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Paragraph 2(b); or

(c) On such date after , 2006 when the Trustee deposits the Property with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in the event that, prior to such date, the Trustee has not received a Termination Letter from the Company pursuant to paragraph 1(i).

5. Miscellaneous .

(a) The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. Upon receipt of written instructions, the Trustee will confirm such instructions with an Authorized Individual at an Authorized Telephone Number listed on the attached Exhibit C. The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee will rely upon account numbers or other identifying numbers of a beneficiary, beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank, rather than names. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or expense resulting from any error in an account number or other identifying number, provided it has accurately transmitted the numbers provided.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. It may be executed in several counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no such change, amendment or modification may be made without the prior written consent of Brenner. As to any claim, cross-claim or counterclaim in any way relating to this Agreement, each party waives the right to trial by jury.

(d) The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder.

(e) Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by facsimile transmission:

if to the Trustee, to:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attn:

Fax No.:

if to the Company, to:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

Attn: Rhodric C. Hackman, President

Fax No.: (703) 995-5535

in either case with a copy to:

HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC

888 Seventh Avenue, 17 ^th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Attn: Ira Greenspan

Fax No.: (212) 707-0378

(f) This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior consent of the Company.

(g) Each of the Trustee and the Company hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder. The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the Trust Account, including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.


AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY , as Trustee

By:
		Name: Title:


MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name: Title:

EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.]

[Insert date]

American Stock Transfer

& Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attn:

Re:

Trust Account No. [ ] Termination Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Trustee (“Trustee”), dated as of , 2005 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement (“Business Agreement”) with (“Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (“Business Combination”) on or about [insert date] . The Company shall notify you at least 48 hours in advance of the actual date of the consummation of the Business Combination (“Consummation Date”).

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to commence liquidation of the Trust Account to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date.

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that (a) the Business Combination has been consummated and (b) the provisions of Section 11-51-302(6) and Rule 51-3.4 of the Colorado Statute have been met}, and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you written instructions with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account (“Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the counsel’s letter and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and distributed after the Consummation Date to the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice.


Very truly yours,

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name: Title:

By:
		Name: Title:

EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.]

[Insert date]

American Stock Transfer

& Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attn:

Re:

Trust Account No. [ ] Termination Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of , 2005 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a Business Combination with a Target Company within the time frame specified in the Company’s prospectus relating to its IPO.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby (a) certify to you that the provisions of Section 11-51-302(6) and Rule 51-3.4 of the Colorado Statute have been met and (b) authorize and direct you to commence liquidation of the Trust Account. You will notify the Company and JP Morgan Chase NY Bank (“Designated Paying Agent”) in writing as to when all of the funds in the Trust Account will be available for immediate transfer (“Transfer Date”). The Designated Paying Agent shall thereafter notify you as to the account or accounts of the Designated Paying Agent that the funds in the Trust Account should be transferred to on the Transfer Date so that the Designated Paying Agent may commence distribution of such funds in accordance with the Company’s instructions. You shall have no obligation to oversee the Designated Paying Agent’s distribution of the funds. Upon the payment to the Designated Paying Agent of all the funds in the Trust Account, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.


Very truly yours,

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name: Title:

By:
		Name: Title:

EXHIBIT C


AUTHORIZED INDIVIDUAL(S) FOR TELEPHONE CALL BACK		AUTHORIZED TELEPHONE NUMBER(S)
Company: Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. One Fountain Square 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080 Reston, Virginia 20190 Attn: President		(703) 995-5533

Trustee:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 59 Maiden Lane New York, New York 10038 Attn:		(212) 936-5100

Exhibit 10.8


		REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the day of , 2005, by and among MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned parties listed under Investor on the signature page hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).

The Investors currently hold all of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company; and

The Investors and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of shares of Common Stock and Warrants (as defined below) held by them and/or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants held by them, as applicable.

1. DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

“ Agreement ” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

“ Release Date ” means the date upon which the Company consummates a “business combination” with a “target business” as contemplated in the Company’s prospectus relating to its IPO or distributes the Trust Fund.

“ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

“ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

“ Company ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

“ Demand Registration ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

“ Demanding Holder ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

“ Form S-3 ” is defined in Section 2.3.

“ Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.

“ Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.

“ Investor ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

“ Investor Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.1.

“ IPO ” is defined as the Company’s initial public offering of its securities in , 2005.

“ Maximum Number of Shares ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

“ Notices ” is defined in Section 6.3.

“ Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2.1.

“ Prospectus ” means the Company’s prospectus relating to the IPO.

“ Register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

“ Registrable Securities ” means all of the shares of Common Stock or Warrants owned or held by Investors, as well as all of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all of the Warrants owned or held by Investors. Registrable Securities include any warrants, shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares of Common Stock and/or Warrants, as applicable. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (d) the Securities and Exchange Commission makes a definitive determination to the Company that the Registrable Securities are salable under Rule 144(k).

“ Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of Common Stock (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or its successor, or any registration statement

covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).

“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

“ Trust Fund ” means the segregated trust account established by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, to hold a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO for the benefit of the Company’s Class B stockholders as more fully described in the Prospectus.

“ Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

“ Warrants ” means the Class W Warrants and Class Z Warrants of the Company having the attributes described in the Prospectus and owned or held by Investors.

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

2.1 Demand Registration .

2.1.1. Request for Registration . At any time and from time to time on or after the Release Date, the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors or the transferees of the Investors, may make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration ”). Any demand for a Demand Registration shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The Company will notify all holders of Registrable Securities of the demand, and each holder of Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such holder including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “ Demanding Holder ”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 2.1.4 and the provisos set forth in Section 3.1.1. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1.1 in respect of Registrable Securities.

2.1.2. Effective Registration . A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided , however , that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, the Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration will be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders thereafter elect to continue the offering; provided ,

further , that the Company shall not be obligated to file a second Registration Statement until a Registration Statement that has been filed is counted as a Demand Registration or is terminated.

2.1.3. Underwritten Offering . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so elect and such holders so advise the Company as part of their written demand for a Demand Registration, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the holders initiating the Demand Registration.

2.1.4. Reduction of Offering . Subject to the rights of the holders of securities issued or issuable upon exercise of those certain Unit Purchase Options to be issued to HCFP/Brenner Securities LLC (“Brenner”) or its designees in connection with the Company’s IPO, if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Common Stock or other securities which the Company desires to sell and the shares of Common Stock, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Number of Shares ”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders ( pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Registrable Securities which such Demanding Holder has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by each Demanding Holder) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the shares of Common Stock for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (v) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares have not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), the shares of Common Stock that other shareholders desire to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

2.1.5. Withdrawal . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to

withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1.1.

2.2 Piggy-Back Registration .

2.2.1. Piggy-Back Rights . If at any time on or after the Release Date the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Registrable Securities as such holders may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an Underwriter or Underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

2.2.2. Reduction of Offering . Subject to the rights of the holders of securities issued or issuable upon exercise of those certain Unit Purchase Options to be issued to Brenner or its designees in connection with the Company’s IPO, if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock which the Company desires to sell, taken together with shares of Common Stock, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2, and the shares of Common Stock, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the

written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

(i) If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock, if any, including the Registrable Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of security holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock which each such person has actually requested to be included in such registration, regardless of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such persons have the right to request such inclusion) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and

(ii) If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, (A) first, the shares of Common Stock for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2 ( pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by each such holder); and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the shares of Common Stock, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights which such other shareholders desire to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

2.2.3. Withdrawal . Any holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company may also elect to withdraw a registration statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 3.3.

2.3 Registrations on Form S-3 . The holders of Registrable Securities may at any time and from time to time, request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration which may be available at such time (“ Form S-3 ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect such request through an underwritten offering. Upon receipt of such written request, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, and, as soon as practicable thereafter, effect the registration of

all or such portion of such holder’s or holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other holder or holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering; or (ii) if the holders of the Registrable Securities, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as Demand Registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

3.1 Filings; Information . Whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof as expeditiously as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

3.1.1. Filing Registration Statement . The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible and in any event within sixty (60) days after receipt of a request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become and remain effective for the period required by Section 3.1.3; provided , however , that the Company shall have the right to defer any Demand Registration for up to thirty (30) days, and any Piggy-Back Registration for such period as may be applicable to deferment of any demand registration to which such Piggy-Back Registration relates, in each case if the Company shall furnish to the holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further , however , that the Company shall not have the right to exercise the right set forth in the immediately preceding proviso more than once in any 365-day period in respect of a Demand Registration hereunder.

3.1.2. Copies . The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders.

3.1.3. Amendments and Supplements . The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement (which period shall not exceed the sum of one hundred eighty (180) days plus any period during which any such disposition is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any governmental agency or court) or such securities have been withdrawn.

3.1.4. Notification . After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall object.

3.1.5. State Securities Laws Compliance . The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the

disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (e) or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

3.1.6. Agreements for Disposition . The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement. No holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such holder’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such holder’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such holder that such holder has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

3.1.7. Cooperation . The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

3.1.8. Records . The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.

3.1.9. Opinions and Comfort Letters . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such holder, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter. In the event no legal opinion is delivered to any Underwriter, the Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, at any time that such holder elects to use a prospectus, an opinion of counsel to the Company to the effect that the Registration Statement containing such prospectus has been declared effective and that no stop order is in effect.

3.1.10. Earnings Statement . The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, beginning within three (3) months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

3.1.11. Listing . The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

3.2 Obligation to Suspend Distribution . Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1.4(iv), or, in the case of a resale registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

3.3 Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, any Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, and any registration on Form S-3 effected pursuant to Section 2.3, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 3.1.11; (vi) National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.1.9); (viii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions

attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders. Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling shareholders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of shares each is selling in such offering.

3.4 Information . The holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws.

4. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

4.1 Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each person, if any, who controls an Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “ Investor Indemnified Party ”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 4.1.

4.2 Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each selling holder of Registrable Securities will, in the event that any registration is being effected under the

Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling holder, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter (if any), and each other person, if any, who controls such selling holder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling holder.

4.3 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by any person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such person (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other person (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to

entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.

4.4 Contribution .

4.4.1. If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

4.4.2. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 4.4.1. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

5. UNDERWRITING AND DISTRIBUTION.

5.1 Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar Rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

6. MISCELLANEOUS.

6.1 Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that no person, other than a holder of the Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any shares of the Company’s capital stock for sale or to include shares of the Company’s capital stock in any registration filed by the Company for the sale of shares of capital stock for its own account or for the account of any other person.

6.2 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by any such holder. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors and the permitted assigns of the Investor or holder of Registrable Securities or of any assignee of the Investor or holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 4 and this Section 6.2.

6.3 Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile; provided , that if such service or transmission is not on a business day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next business day. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next business day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable air courier service with an order for next-day delivery.

To the Company:

Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1090

Reston, Virginia 20190

Attention: President

with a copy to:

Eaton & Van Winkle LLP

3 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attn: Vincent J. McGill, Esq.

- and to -

Graubard Miller

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10174

Attention: David Alan Miller, Esq.

To an Investor, to:

Universal Telecommunications, Inc.

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

One Fountain Square

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080

Reston, Virginia 20190

Hackman Family Trust

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Lior Samuelson

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Charles Schwab & Company, Custodian fbo David Ballavini IRA

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Mercator Capital L.L.C.

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Morgan O’Brien

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

Alex Mandl

c/o Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.

6.4 Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

6.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written.

6.7 Modifications and Amendments . No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon any party unless executed in writing by such party.

6.8 Titles and Headings . Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

6.9 Waivers and Extensions . Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement. Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred. Any waiver may be conditional. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained. No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.

6.10 Remedies Cumulative . In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investor or any other holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its

rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

6.11 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice-of-law provisions thereof that would compel the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

6.12 Waiver of Trial by Jury . Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the actions of the Investor in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.


MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP. a Delaware corporation

By:
		Name:
		Title:

INVESTORS:


UNIVERSAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:


HACKMAN FAMILY TRUST

By:




		Lior Samuelson


CHARLES SCHWAB & COMPANY CUSTODIAN FBO DAVID BALLARINI IRA

By:


MERCATOR CAPITAL L.L.C.

By:
		Name:
		Title:




		Alex Mandl




		Morgan E. O’Brien

Exhibit 10.9

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

, 2005

Mercator Capital L.L.C.

One Fountain Square,

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080,

Reston, Virginia 20190

Gentlemen:

This letter will confirm our agreement that, commencing on the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the registration statement for the initial public offering (“IPO”) of the securities of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and continuing until (the “Termination Date”) the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a “Business Combination” or the distribution of the Company’s “Trust Fund” (as such terms are described in the Company’s IPO prospectus), Mercator Capital L.L.C. shall make available to the Company certain office and administrative services as may be required by the Company from time to time, situated at One Fountain Square, 11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 1080, Reston, Virginia 20190. In exchange therefore, the Company shall pay Mercator Capital L.L.C. the sum of $7,500 per month on the Effective Date and continuing monthly thereafter until the Termination Date.


Very truly yours,

MERCATOR PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORP.

By:
		Name:
		Title:


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

MERCATOR CAPITAL L.L.C.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. ) of our report, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp.’s ability to continue as a going-concern, dated January 21, 2005, on our audit of the financial statements of Mercator Partners Acquisition Corp. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ J. H. Cohn LLP

Great Neck, New York

January 21, 2005